ViewVC Help
View File | Revision Log | Show Annotations | Download File
/cvs/libev/ev.3
Revision: 1.82
Committed: Mon Oct 25 10:50:13 2010 UTC (13 years, 6 months ago) by root
Branch: MAIN
Changes since 1.81: +773 -360 lines
Log Message:
4.00

File Contents

# User Rev Content
1 root 1.79 .\" Automatically generated by Pod::Man 2.22 (Pod::Simple 3.07)
2 root 1.1 .\"
3     .\" Standard preamble:
4     .\" ========================================================================
5     .de Sp \" Vertical space (when we can't use .PP)
6     .if t .sp .5v
7     .if n .sp
8     ..
9     .de Vb \" Begin verbatim text
10     .ft CW
11     .nf
12     .ne \\$1
13     ..
14     .de Ve \" End verbatim text
15     .ft R
16     .fi
17     ..
18     .\" Set up some character translations and predefined strings. \*(-- will
19     .\" give an unbreakable dash, \*(PI will give pi, \*(L" will give a left
20 root 1.60 .\" double quote, and \*(R" will give a right double quote. \*(C+ will
21     .\" give a nicer C++. Capital omega is used to do unbreakable dashes and
22     .\" therefore won't be available. \*(C` and \*(C' expand to `' in nroff,
23     .\" nothing in troff, for use with C<>.
24     .tr \(*W-
25 root 1.1 .ds C+ C\v'-.1v'\h'-1p'\s-2+\h'-1p'+\s0\v'.1v'\h'-1p'
26     .ie n \{\
27     . ds -- \(*W-
28     . ds PI pi
29     . if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=24u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-12u'-\" diablo 10 pitch
30     . if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=20u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-8u'-\" diablo 12 pitch
31     . ds L" ""
32     . ds R" ""
33     . ds C` ""
34     . ds C' ""
35     'br\}
36     .el\{\
37     . ds -- \|\(em\|
38     . ds PI \(*p
39     . ds L" ``
40     . ds R" ''
41     'br\}
42     .\"
43 root 1.60 .\" Escape single quotes in literal strings from groff's Unicode transform.
44     .ie \n(.g .ds Aq \(aq
45     .el .ds Aq '
46     .\"
47 root 1.1 .\" If the F register is turned on, we'll generate index entries on stderr for
48 root 1.79 .\" titles (.TH), headers (.SH), subsections (.SS), items (.Ip), and index
49 root 1.1 .\" entries marked with X<> in POD. Of course, you'll have to process the
50     .\" output yourself in some meaningful fashion.
51 root 1.60 .ie \nF \{\
52 root 1.1 . de IX
53     . tm Index:\\$1\t\\n%\t"\\$2"
54     ..
55     . nr % 0
56     . rr F
57     .\}
58 root 1.60 .el \{\
59     . de IX
60     ..
61     .\}
62 root 1.1 .\"
63     .\" Accent mark definitions (@(#)ms.acc 1.5 88/02/08 SMI; from UCB 4.2).
64     .\" Fear. Run. Save yourself. No user-serviceable parts.
65     . \" fudge factors for nroff and troff
66     .if n \{\
67     . ds #H 0
68     . ds #V .8m
69     . ds #F .3m
70     . ds #[ \f1
71     . ds #] \fP
72     .\}
73     .if t \{\
74     . ds #H ((1u-(\\\\n(.fu%2u))*.13m)
75     . ds #V .6m
76     . ds #F 0
77     . ds #[ \&
78     . ds #] \&
79     .\}
80     . \" simple accents for nroff and troff
81     .if n \{\
82     . ds ' \&
83     . ds ` \&
84     . ds ^ \&
85     . ds , \&
86     . ds ~ ~
87     . ds /
88     .\}
89     .if t \{\
90     . ds ' \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\'\h"|\\n:u"
91     . ds ` \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\`\h'|\\n:u'
92     . ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'^\h'|\\n:u'
93     . ds , \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10)',\h'|\\n:u'
94     . ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu-\*(#H-.1m)'~\h'|\\n:u'
95     . ds / \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\z\(sl\h'|\\n:u'
96     .\}
97     . \" troff and (daisy-wheel) nroff accents
98     .ds : \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H+.1m+\*(#F)'\v'-\*(#V'\z.\h'.2m+\*(#F'.\h'|\\n:u'\v'\*(#V'
99     .ds 8 \h'\*(#H'\(*b\h'-\*(#H'
100     .ds o \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu+\w'\(de'u-\*(#H)/2u'\v'-.3n'\*(#[\z\(de\v'.3n'\h'|\\n:u'\*(#]
101     .ds d- \h'\*(#H'\(pd\h'-\w'~'u'\v'-.25m'\f2\(hy\fP\v'.25m'\h'-\*(#H'
102     .ds D- D\\k:\h'-\w'D'u'\v'-.11m'\z\(hy\v'.11m'\h'|\\n:u'
103     .ds th \*(#[\v'.3m'\s+1I\s-1\v'-.3m'\h'-(\w'I'u*2/3)'\s-1o\s+1\*(#]
104     .ds Th \*(#[\s+2I\s-2\h'-\w'I'u*3/5'\v'-.3m'o\v'.3m'\*(#]
105     .ds ae a\h'-(\w'a'u*4/10)'e
106     .ds Ae A\h'-(\w'A'u*4/10)'E
107     . \" corrections for vroff
108     .if v .ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*9/10-\*(#H)'\s-2\u~\d\s+2\h'|\\n:u'
109     .if v .ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'\v'-.4m'^\v'.4m'\h'|\\n:u'
110     . \" for low resolution devices (crt and lpr)
111     .if \n(.H>23 .if \n(.V>19 \
112     \{\
113     . ds : e
114     . ds 8 ss
115     . ds o a
116     . ds d- d\h'-1'\(ga
117     . ds D- D\h'-1'\(hy
118     . ds th \o'bp'
119     . ds Th \o'LP'
120     . ds ae ae
121     . ds Ae AE
122     .\}
123     .rm #[ #] #H #V #F C
124     .\" ========================================================================
125     .\"
126 root 1.65 .IX Title "LIBEV 3"
127 root 1.82 .TH LIBEV 3 "2010-10-25" "libev-4.00" "libev - high performance full featured event loop"
128 root 1.60 .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes
129     .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents.
130     .if n .ad l
131     .nh
132 root 1.1 .SH "NAME"
133     libev \- a high performance full\-featured event loop written in C
134     .SH "SYNOPSIS"
135     .IX Header "SYNOPSIS"
136 root 1.28 .Vb 1
137 root 1.68 \& #include <ev.h>
138 root 1.28 .Ve
139 root 1.79 .SS "\s-1EXAMPLE\s0 \s-1PROGRAM\s0"
140 root 1.59 .IX Subsection "EXAMPLE PROGRAM"
141 root 1.61 .Vb 2
142 root 1.68 \& // a single header file is required
143     \& #include <ev.h>
144 root 1.60 \&
145 root 1.74 \& #include <stdio.h> // for puts
146     \&
147 root 1.68 \& // every watcher type has its own typedef\*(Aqd struct
148 root 1.73 \& // with the name ev_TYPE
149 root 1.68 \& ev_io stdin_watcher;
150     \& ev_timer timeout_watcher;
151     \&
152     \& // all watcher callbacks have a similar signature
153     \& // this callback is called when data is readable on stdin
154     \& static void
155 root 1.73 \& stdin_cb (EV_P_ ev_io *w, int revents)
156 root 1.68 \& {
157     \& puts ("stdin ready");
158     \& // for one\-shot events, one must manually stop the watcher
159     \& // with its corresponding stop function.
160     \& ev_io_stop (EV_A_ w);
161     \&
162 root 1.82 \& // this causes all nested ev_run\*(Aqs to stop iterating
163     \& ev_break (EV_A_ EVBREAK_ALL);
164 root 1.68 \& }
165     \&
166     \& // another callback, this time for a time\-out
167     \& static void
168 root 1.73 \& timeout_cb (EV_P_ ev_timer *w, int revents)
169 root 1.68 \& {
170     \& puts ("timeout");
171 root 1.82 \& // this causes the innermost ev_run to stop iterating
172     \& ev_break (EV_A_ EVBREAK_ONE);
173 root 1.68 \& }
174     \&
175     \& int
176     \& main (void)
177     \& {
178     \& // use the default event loop unless you have special needs
179 root 1.82 \& struct ev_loop *loop = EV_DEFAULT;
180 root 1.68 \&
181     \& // initialise an io watcher, then start it
182     \& // this one will watch for stdin to become readable
183     \& ev_io_init (&stdin_watcher, stdin_cb, /*STDIN_FILENO*/ 0, EV_READ);
184     \& ev_io_start (loop, &stdin_watcher);
185     \&
186     \& // initialise a timer watcher, then start it
187     \& // simple non\-repeating 5.5 second timeout
188     \& ev_timer_init (&timeout_watcher, timeout_cb, 5.5, 0.);
189     \& ev_timer_start (loop, &timeout_watcher);
190     \&
191     \& // now wait for events to arrive
192 root 1.82 \& ev_run (loop, 0);
193 root 1.68 \&
194     \& // unloop was called, so exit
195     \& return 0;
196     \& }
197 root 1.27 .Ve
198 root 1.78 .SH "ABOUT THIS DOCUMENT"
199     .IX Header "ABOUT THIS DOCUMENT"
200     This document documents the libev software package.
201     .PP
202 root 1.61 The newest version of this document is also available as an html-formatted
203 root 1.39 web page you might find easier to navigate when reading it for the first
204 root 1.66 time: <http://pod.tst.eu/http://cvs.schmorp.de/libev/ev.pod>.
205 root 1.39 .PP
206 root 1.78 While this document tries to be as complete as possible in documenting
207     libev, its usage and the rationale behind its design, it is not a tutorial
208     on event-based programming, nor will it introduce event-based programming
209     with libev.
210     .PP
211 root 1.82 Familiarity with event based programming techniques in general is assumed
212 root 1.78 throughout this document.
213 root 1.82 .SH "WHAT TO READ WHEN IN A HURRY"
214     .IX Header "WHAT TO READ WHEN IN A HURRY"
215     This manual tries to be very detailed, but unfortunately, this also makes
216     it very long. If you just want to know the basics of libev, I suggest
217     reading \*(L"\s-1ANATOMY\s0 \s-1OF\s0 A \s-1WATCHER\s0\*(R", then the \*(L"\s-1EXAMPLE\s0 \s-1PROGRAM\s0\*(R" above and
218     look up the missing functions in \*(L"\s-1GLOBAL\s0 \s-1FUNCTIONS\s0\*(R" and the \f(CW\*(C`ev_io\*(C'\fR and
219     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR sections in \*(L"\s-1WATCHER\s0 \s-1TYPES\s0\*(R".
220 root 1.78 .SH "ABOUT LIBEV"
221     .IX Header "ABOUT LIBEV"
222 root 1.1 Libev is an event loop: you register interest in certain events (such as a
223 root 1.54 file descriptor being readable or a timeout occurring), and it will manage
224 root 1.1 these event sources and provide your program with events.
225     .PP
226     To do this, it must take more or less complete control over your process
227     (or thread) by executing the \fIevent loop\fR handler, and will then
228     communicate events via a callback mechanism.
229     .PP
230     You register interest in certain events by registering so-called \fIevent
231     watchers\fR, which are relatively small C structures you initialise with the
232     details of the event, and then hand it over to libev by \fIstarting\fR the
233     watcher.
234 root 1.79 .SS "\s-1FEATURES\s0"
235 root 1.59 .IX Subsection "FEATURES"
236 root 1.31 Libev supports \f(CW\*(C`select\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`poll\*(C'\fR, the Linux-specific \f(CW\*(C`epoll\*(C'\fR, the
237     BSD-specific \f(CW\*(C`kqueue\*(C'\fR and the Solaris-specific event port mechanisms
238     for file descriptor events (\f(CW\*(C`ev_io\*(C'\fR), the Linux \f(CW\*(C`inotify\*(C'\fR interface
239 root 1.80 (for \f(CW\*(C`ev_stat\*(C'\fR), Linux eventfd/signalfd (for faster and cleaner
240     inter-thread wakeup (\f(CW\*(C`ev_async\*(C'\fR)/signal handling (\f(CW\*(C`ev_signal\*(C'\fR)) relative
241     timers (\f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR), absolute timers with customised rescheduling
242     (\f(CW\*(C`ev_periodic\*(C'\fR), synchronous signals (\f(CW\*(C`ev_signal\*(C'\fR), process status
243     change events (\f(CW\*(C`ev_child\*(C'\fR), and event watchers dealing with the event
244     loop mechanism itself (\f(CW\*(C`ev_idle\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`ev_embed\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`ev_prepare\*(C'\fR and
245     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR watchers) as well as file watchers (\f(CW\*(C`ev_stat\*(C'\fR) and even
246     limited support for fork events (\f(CW\*(C`ev_fork\*(C'\fR).
247 root 1.28 .PP
248     It also is quite fast (see this
249 root 1.79 <benchmark> comparing it to libevent
250 root 1.28 for example).
251 root 1.79 .SS "\s-1CONVENTIONS\s0"
252 root 1.59 .IX Subsection "CONVENTIONS"
253 root 1.61 Libev is very configurable. In this manual the default (and most common)
254     configuration will be described, which supports multiple event loops. For
255     more info about various configuration options please have a look at
256     \&\fB\s-1EMBED\s0\fR section in this manual. If libev was configured without support
257     for multiple event loops, then all functions taking an initial argument of
258 root 1.81 name \f(CW\*(C`loop\*(C'\fR (which is always of type \f(CW\*(C`struct ev_loop *\*(C'\fR) will not have
259 root 1.61 this argument.
260 root 1.79 .SS "\s-1TIME\s0 \s-1REPRESENTATION\s0"
261 root 1.59 .IX Subsection "TIME REPRESENTATION"
262 root 1.78 Libev represents time as a single floating point number, representing
263 root 1.82 the (fractional) number of seconds since the (\s-1POSIX\s0) epoch (in practice
264     somewhere near the beginning of 1970, details are complicated, don't
265     ask). This type is called \f(CW\*(C`ev_tstamp\*(C'\fR, which is what you should use
266     too. It usually aliases to the \f(CW\*(C`double\*(C'\fR type in C. When you need to do
267     any calculations on it, you should treat it as some floating point value.
268     .PP
269     Unlike the name component \f(CW\*(C`stamp\*(C'\fR might indicate, it is also used for
270     time differences (e.g. delays) throughout libev.
271 root 1.67 .SH "ERROR HANDLING"
272     .IX Header "ERROR HANDLING"
273     Libev knows three classes of errors: operating system errors, usage errors
274     and internal errors (bugs).
275     .PP
276     When libev catches an operating system error it cannot handle (for example
277 root 1.68 a system call indicating a condition libev cannot fix), it calls the callback
278 root 1.67 set via \f(CW\*(C`ev_set_syserr_cb\*(C'\fR, which is supposed to fix the problem or
279     abort. The default is to print a diagnostic message and to call \f(CW\*(C`abort
280     ()\*(C'\fR.
281     .PP
282     When libev detects a usage error such as a negative timer interval, then
283     it will print a diagnostic message and abort (via the \f(CW\*(C`assert\*(C'\fR mechanism,
284     so \f(CW\*(C`NDEBUG\*(C'\fR will disable this checking): these are programming errors in
285     the libev caller and need to be fixed there.
286     .PP
287     Libev also has a few internal error-checking \f(CW\*(C`assert\*(C'\fRions, and also has
288     extensive consistency checking code. These do not trigger under normal
289     circumstances, as they indicate either a bug in libev or worse.
290 root 1.1 .SH "GLOBAL FUNCTIONS"
291     .IX Header "GLOBAL FUNCTIONS"
292     These functions can be called anytime, even before initialising the
293     library in any way.
294     .IP "ev_tstamp ev_time ()" 4
295     .IX Item "ev_tstamp ev_time ()"
296 root 1.2 Returns the current time as libev would use it. Please note that the
297     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_now\*(C'\fR function is usually faster and also often returns the timestamp
298 root 1.82 you actually want to know. Also interesting is the combination of
299     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_update_now\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`ev_now\*(C'\fR.
300 root 1.57 .IP "ev_sleep (ev_tstamp interval)" 4
301     .IX Item "ev_sleep (ev_tstamp interval)"
302 root 1.56 Sleep for the given interval: The current thread will be blocked until
303     either it is interrupted or the given time interval has passed. Basically
304 root 1.68 this is a sub-second-resolution \f(CW\*(C`sleep ()\*(C'\fR.
305 root 1.1 .IP "int ev_version_major ()" 4
306     .IX Item "int ev_version_major ()"
307     .PD 0
308     .IP "int ev_version_minor ()" 4
309     .IX Item "int ev_version_minor ()"
310     .PD
311 root 1.48 You can find out the major and minor \s-1ABI\s0 version numbers of the library
312 root 1.1 you linked against by calling the functions \f(CW\*(C`ev_version_major\*(C'\fR and
313     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_version_minor\*(C'\fR. If you want, you can compare against the global
314     symbols \f(CW\*(C`EV_VERSION_MAJOR\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`EV_VERSION_MINOR\*(C'\fR, which specify the
315     version of the library your program was compiled against.
316     .Sp
317 root 1.48 These version numbers refer to the \s-1ABI\s0 version of the library, not the
318     release version.
319 root 1.47 .Sp
320 root 1.1 Usually, it's a good idea to terminate if the major versions mismatch,
321 root 1.47 as this indicates an incompatible change. Minor versions are usually
322 root 1.1 compatible to older versions, so a larger minor version alone is usually
323     not a problem.
324 root 1.9 .Sp
325 root 1.28 Example: Make sure we haven't accidentally been linked against the wrong
326 root 1.82 version (note, however, that this will not detect other \s-1ABI\s0 mismatches,
327     such as \s-1LFS\s0 or reentrancy).
328 root 1.9 .Sp
329     .Vb 3
330 root 1.68 \& assert (("libev version mismatch",
331     \& ev_version_major () == EV_VERSION_MAJOR
332     \& && ev_version_minor () >= EV_VERSION_MINOR));
333 root 1.9 .Ve
334 root 1.6 .IP "unsigned int ev_supported_backends ()" 4
335     .IX Item "unsigned int ev_supported_backends ()"
336     Return the set of all backends (i.e. their corresponding \f(CW\*(C`EV_BACKEND_*\*(C'\fR
337     value) compiled into this binary of libev (independent of their
338     availability on the system you are running on). See \f(CW\*(C`ev_default_loop\*(C'\fR for
339     a description of the set values.
340 root 1.9 .Sp
341     Example: make sure we have the epoll method, because yeah this is cool and
342     a must have and can we have a torrent of it please!!!11
343     .Sp
344     .Vb 2
345 root 1.68 \& assert (("sorry, no epoll, no sex",
346     \& ev_supported_backends () & EVBACKEND_EPOLL));
347 root 1.9 .Ve
348 root 1.6 .IP "unsigned int ev_recommended_backends ()" 4
349     .IX Item "unsigned int ev_recommended_backends ()"
350 root 1.82 Return the set of all backends compiled into this binary of libev and
351     also recommended for this platform, meaning it will work for most file
352     descriptor types. This set is often smaller than the one returned by
353     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_supported_backends\*(C'\fR, as for example kqueue is broken on most BSDs
354     and will not be auto-detected unless you explicitly request it (assuming
355     you know what you are doing). This is the set of backends that libev will
356     probe for if you specify no backends explicitly.
357 root 1.10 .IP "unsigned int ev_embeddable_backends ()" 4
358     .IX Item "unsigned int ev_embeddable_backends ()"
359     Returns the set of backends that are embeddable in other event loops. This
360 root 1.82 value is platform-specific but can include backends not available on the
361     current system. To find which embeddable backends might be supported on
362     the current system, you would need to look at \f(CW\*(C`ev_embeddable_backends ()
363     & ev_supported_backends ()\*(C'\fR, likewise for recommended ones.
364 root 1.10 .Sp
365     See the description of \f(CW\*(C`ev_embed\*(C'\fR watchers for more info.
366 root 1.71 .IP "ev_set_allocator (void *(*cb)(void *ptr, long size)) [\s-1NOT\s0 \s-1REENTRANT\s0]" 4
367     .IX Item "ev_set_allocator (void *(*cb)(void *ptr, long size)) [NOT REENTRANT]"
368 root 1.32 Sets the allocation function to use (the prototype is similar \- the
369 root 1.64 semantics are identical to the \f(CW\*(C`realloc\*(C'\fR C89/SuS/POSIX function). It is
370     used to allocate and free memory (no surprises here). If it returns zero
371     when memory needs to be allocated (\f(CW\*(C`size != 0\*(C'\fR), the library might abort
372     or take some potentially destructive action.
373     .Sp
374     Since some systems (at least OpenBSD and Darwin) fail to implement
375     correct \f(CW\*(C`realloc\*(C'\fR semantics, libev will use a wrapper around the system
376     \&\f(CW\*(C`realloc\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`free\*(C'\fR functions by default.
377 root 1.1 .Sp
378     You could override this function in high-availability programs to, say,
379     free some memory if it cannot allocate memory, to use a special allocator,
380     or even to sleep a while and retry until some memory is available.
381 root 1.9 .Sp
382 root 1.28 Example: Replace the libev allocator with one that waits a bit and then
383 root 1.64 retries (example requires a standards-compliant \f(CW\*(C`realloc\*(C'\fR).
384 root 1.9 .Sp
385     .Vb 6
386     \& static void *
387 root 1.26 \& persistent_realloc (void *ptr, size_t size)
388 root 1.9 \& {
389     \& for (;;)
390     \& {
391     \& void *newptr = realloc (ptr, size);
392 root 1.60 \&
393 root 1.9 \& if (newptr)
394     \& return newptr;
395 root 1.60 \&
396 root 1.9 \& sleep (60);
397     \& }
398     \& }
399 root 1.60 \&
400 root 1.9 \& ...
401     \& ev_set_allocator (persistent_realloc);
402     .Ve
403 root 1.71 .IP "ev_set_syserr_cb (void (*cb)(const char *msg)); [\s-1NOT\s0 \s-1REENTRANT\s0]" 4
404     .IX Item "ev_set_syserr_cb (void (*cb)(const char *msg)); [NOT REENTRANT]"
405 root 1.68 Set the callback function to call on a retryable system call error (such
406 root 1.1 as failed select, poll, epoll_wait). The message is a printable string
407     indicating the system call or subsystem causing the problem. If this
408 root 1.68 callback is set, then libev will expect it to remedy the situation, no
409 root 1.1 matter what, when it returns. That is, libev will generally retry the
410     requested operation, or, if the condition doesn't go away, do bad stuff
411     (such as abort).
412 root 1.9 .Sp
413 root 1.28 Example: This is basically the same thing that libev does internally, too.
414 root 1.9 .Sp
415     .Vb 6
416     \& static void
417     \& fatal_error (const char *msg)
418     \& {
419     \& perror (msg);
420     \& abort ();
421     \& }
422 root 1.60 \&
423 root 1.9 \& ...
424     \& ev_set_syserr_cb (fatal_error);
425     .Ve
426 root 1.82 .SH "FUNCTIONS CONTROLLING EVENT LOOPS"
427     .IX Header "FUNCTIONS CONTROLLING EVENT LOOPS"
428     An event loop is described by a \f(CW\*(C`struct ev_loop *\*(C'\fR (the \f(CW\*(C`struct\*(C'\fR is
429     \&\fInot\fR optional in this case unless libev 3 compatibility is disabled, as
430     libev 3 had an \f(CW\*(C`ev_loop\*(C'\fR function colliding with the struct name).
431 root 1.73 .PP
432     The library knows two types of such loops, the \fIdefault\fR loop, which
433 root 1.82 supports child process events, and dynamically created event loops which
434     do not.
435 root 1.1 .IP "struct ev_loop *ev_default_loop (unsigned int flags)" 4
436     .IX Item "struct ev_loop *ev_default_loop (unsigned int flags)"
437 root 1.82 This returns the \*(L"default\*(R" event loop object, which is what you should
438     normally use when you just need \*(L"the event loop\*(R". Event loop objects and
439     the \f(CW\*(C`flags\*(C'\fR parameter are described in more detail in the entry for
440     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_new\*(C'\fR.
441     .Sp
442     If the default loop is already initialised then this function simply
443     returns it (and ignores the flags. If that is troubling you, check
444     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_backend ()\*(C'\fR afterwards). Otherwise it will create it with the given
445     flags, which should almost always be \f(CW0\fR, unless the caller is also the
446     one calling \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR or otherwise qualifies as \*(L"the main program\*(R".
447 root 1.1 .Sp
448     If you don't know what event loop to use, use the one returned from this
449 root 1.82 function (or via the \f(CW\*(C`EV_DEFAULT\*(C'\fR macro).
450 root 1.1 .Sp
451 root 1.63 Note that this function is \fInot\fR thread-safe, so if you want to use it
452 root 1.82 from multiple threads, you have to employ some kind of mutex (note also
453     that this case is unlikely, as loops cannot be shared easily between
454     threads anyway).
455     .Sp
456     The default loop is the only loop that can handle \f(CW\*(C`ev_child\*(C'\fR watchers,
457     and to do this, it always registers a handler for \f(CW\*(C`SIGCHLD\*(C'\fR. If this is
458     a problem for your application you can either create a dynamic loop with
459     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_new\*(C'\fR which doesn't do that, or you can simply overwrite the
460     \&\f(CW\*(C`SIGCHLD\*(C'\fR signal handler \fIafter\fR calling \f(CW\*(C`ev_default_init\*(C'\fR.
461     .Sp
462     Example: This is the most typical usage.
463     .Sp
464     .Vb 2
465     \& if (!ev_default_loop (0))
466     \& fatal ("could not initialise libev, bad $LIBEV_FLAGS in environment?");
467     .Ve
468     .Sp
469     Example: Restrict libev to the select and poll backends, and do not allow
470     environment settings to be taken into account:
471     .Sp
472     .Vb 1
473     \& ev_default_loop (EVBACKEND_POLL | EVBACKEND_SELECT | EVFLAG_NOENV);
474     .Ve
475     .IP "struct ev_loop *ev_loop_new (unsigned int flags)" 4
476     .IX Item "struct ev_loop *ev_loop_new (unsigned int flags)"
477     This will create and initialise a new event loop object. If the loop
478     could not be initialised, returns false.
479 root 1.63 .Sp
480 root 1.82 Note that this function \fIis\fR thread-safe, and one common way to use
481     libev with threads is indeed to create one loop per thread, and using the
482     default loop in the \*(L"main\*(R" or \*(L"initial\*(R" thread.
483 root 1.60 .Sp
484 root 1.1 The flags argument can be used to specify special behaviour or specific
485 root 1.8 backends to use, and is usually specified as \f(CW0\fR (or \f(CW\*(C`EVFLAG_AUTO\*(C'\fR).
486 root 1.1 .Sp
487 root 1.8 The following flags are supported:
488 root 1.1 .RS 4
489     .ie n .IP """EVFLAG_AUTO""" 4
490     .el .IP "\f(CWEVFLAG_AUTO\fR" 4
491     .IX Item "EVFLAG_AUTO"
492     The default flags value. Use this if you have no clue (it's the right
493     thing, believe me).
494     .ie n .IP """EVFLAG_NOENV""" 4
495     .el .IP "\f(CWEVFLAG_NOENV\fR" 4
496     .IX Item "EVFLAG_NOENV"
497 root 1.68 If this flag bit is or'ed into the flag value (or the program runs setuid
498 root 1.1 or setgid) then libev will \fInot\fR look at the environment variable
499     \&\f(CW\*(C`LIBEV_FLAGS\*(C'\fR. Otherwise (the default), this environment variable will
500     override the flags completely if it is found in the environment. This is
501     useful to try out specific backends to test their performance, or to work
502     around bugs.
503 root 1.35 .ie n .IP """EVFLAG_FORKCHECK""" 4
504     .el .IP "\f(CWEVFLAG_FORKCHECK\fR" 4
505     .IX Item "EVFLAG_FORKCHECK"
506 root 1.82 Instead of calling \f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_fork\*(C'\fR manually after a fork, you can also
507     make libev check for a fork in each iteration by enabling this flag.
508 root 1.35 .Sp
509     This works by calling \f(CW\*(C`getpid ()\*(C'\fR on every iteration of the loop,
510     and thus this might slow down your event loop if you do a lot of loop
511 root 1.37 iterations and little real work, but is usually not noticeable (on my
512 root 1.61 GNU/Linux system for example, \f(CW\*(C`getpid\*(C'\fR is actually a simple 5\-insn sequence
513 root 1.68 without a system call and thus \fIvery\fR fast, but my GNU/Linux system also has
514 root 1.35 \&\f(CW\*(C`pthread_atfork\*(C'\fR which is even faster).
515     .Sp
516     The big advantage of this flag is that you can forget about fork (and
517     forget about forgetting to tell libev about forking) when you use this
518     flag.
519     .Sp
520 root 1.68 This flag setting cannot be overridden or specified in the \f(CW\*(C`LIBEV_FLAGS\*(C'\fR
521 root 1.35 environment variable.
522 root 1.80 .ie n .IP """EVFLAG_NOINOTIFY""" 4
523     .el .IP "\f(CWEVFLAG_NOINOTIFY\fR" 4
524     .IX Item "EVFLAG_NOINOTIFY"
525     When this flag is specified, then libev will not attempt to use the
526     \&\fIinotify\fR \s-1API\s0 for it's \f(CW\*(C`ev_stat\*(C'\fR watchers. Apart from debugging and
527     testing, this flag can be useful to conserve inotify file descriptors, as
528     otherwise each loop using \f(CW\*(C`ev_stat\*(C'\fR watchers consumes one inotify handle.
529 root 1.81 .ie n .IP """EVFLAG_SIGNALFD""" 4
530     .el .IP "\f(CWEVFLAG_SIGNALFD\fR" 4
531     .IX Item "EVFLAG_SIGNALFD"
532     When this flag is specified, then libev will attempt to use the
533     \&\fIsignalfd\fR \s-1API\s0 for it's \f(CW\*(C`ev_signal\*(C'\fR (and \f(CW\*(C`ev_child\*(C'\fR) watchers. This \s-1API\s0
534     delivers signals synchronously, which makes it both faster and might make
535     it possible to get the queued signal data. It can also simplify signal
536     handling with threads, as long as you properly block signals in your
537     threads that are not interested in handling them.
538     .Sp
539     Signalfd will not be used by default as this changes your signal mask, and
540     there are a lot of shoddy libraries and programs (glib's threadpool for
541     example) that can't properly initialise their signal masks.
542 root 1.6 .ie n .IP """EVBACKEND_SELECT"" (value 1, portable select backend)" 4
543     .el .IP "\f(CWEVBACKEND_SELECT\fR (value 1, portable select backend)" 4
544     .IX Item "EVBACKEND_SELECT (value 1, portable select backend)"
545 root 1.3 This is your standard \fIselect\fR\|(2) backend. Not \fIcompletely\fR standard, as
546     libev tries to roll its own fd_set with no limits on the number of fds,
547     but if that fails, expect a fairly low limit on the number of fds when
548 root 1.58 using this backend. It doesn't scale too well (O(highest_fd)), but its
549 root 1.60 usually the fastest backend for a low number of (low-numbered :) fds.
550 root 1.58 .Sp
551     To get good performance out of this backend you need a high amount of
552 root 1.68 parallelism (most of the file descriptors should be busy). If you are
553 root 1.58 writing a server, you should \f(CW\*(C`accept ()\*(C'\fR in a loop to accept as many
554     connections as possible during one iteration. You might also want to have
555     a look at \f(CW\*(C`ev_set_io_collect_interval ()\*(C'\fR to increase the amount of
556 root 1.67 readiness notifications you get per iteration.
557 root 1.71 .Sp
558     This backend maps \f(CW\*(C`EV_READ\*(C'\fR to the \f(CW\*(C`readfds\*(C'\fR set and \f(CW\*(C`EV_WRITE\*(C'\fR to the
559     \&\f(CW\*(C`writefds\*(C'\fR set (and to work around Microsoft Windows bugs, also onto the
560     \&\f(CW\*(C`exceptfds\*(C'\fR set on that platform).
561 root 1.6 .ie n .IP """EVBACKEND_POLL"" (value 2, poll backend, available everywhere except on windows)" 4
562     .el .IP "\f(CWEVBACKEND_POLL\fR (value 2, poll backend, available everywhere except on windows)" 4
563     .IX Item "EVBACKEND_POLL (value 2, poll backend, available everywhere except on windows)"
564 root 1.58 And this is your standard \fIpoll\fR\|(2) backend. It's more complicated
565     than select, but handles sparse fds better and has no artificial
566     limit on the number of fds you can use (except it will slow down
567     considerably with a lot of inactive fds). It scales similarly to select,
568     i.e. O(total_fds). See the entry for \f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_SELECT\*(C'\fR, above, for
569     performance tips.
570 root 1.71 .Sp
571     This backend maps \f(CW\*(C`EV_READ\*(C'\fR to \f(CW\*(C`POLLIN | POLLERR | POLLHUP\*(C'\fR, and
572     \&\f(CW\*(C`EV_WRITE\*(C'\fR to \f(CW\*(C`POLLOUT | POLLERR | POLLHUP\*(C'\fR.
573 root 1.6 .ie n .IP """EVBACKEND_EPOLL"" (value 4, Linux)" 4
574     .el .IP "\f(CWEVBACKEND_EPOLL\fR (value 4, Linux)" 4
575     .IX Item "EVBACKEND_EPOLL (value 4, Linux)"
576 root 1.81 Use the linux-specific \fIepoll\fR\|(7) interface (for both pre\- and post\-2.6.9
577     kernels).
578     .Sp
579 root 1.3 For few fds, this backend is a bit little slower than poll and select,
580 root 1.54 but it scales phenomenally better. While poll and select usually scale
581     like O(total_fds) where n is the total number of fds (or the highest fd),
582 root 1.73 epoll scales either O(1) or O(active_fds).
583     .Sp
584     The epoll mechanism deserves honorable mention as the most misdesigned
585     of the more advanced event mechanisms: mere annoyances include silently
586     dropping file descriptors, requiring a system call per change per file
587     descriptor (and unnecessary guessing of parameters), problems with dup and
588     so on. The biggest issue is fork races, however \- if a program forks then
589     \&\fIboth\fR parent and child process have to recreate the epoll set, which can
590     take considerable time (one syscall per file descriptor) and is of course
591     hard to detect.
592     .Sp
593     Epoll is also notoriously buggy \- embedding epoll fds \fIshould\fR work, but
594     of course \fIdoesn't\fR, and epoll just loves to report events for totally
595     \&\fIdifferent\fR file descriptors (even already closed ones, so one cannot
596     even remove them from the set) than registered in the set (especially
597     on \s-1SMP\s0 systems). Libev tries to counter these spurious notifications by
598     employing an additional generation counter and comparing that against the
599 root 1.82 events to filter out spurious ones, recreating the set when required. Last
600     not least, it also refuses to work with some file descriptors which work
601     perfectly fine with \f(CW\*(C`select\*(C'\fR (files, many character devices...).
602 root 1.3 .Sp
603 root 1.54 While stopping, setting and starting an I/O watcher in the same iteration
604 root 1.73 will result in some caching, there is still a system call per such
605     incident (because the same \fIfile descriptor\fR could point to a different
606     \&\fIfile description\fR now), so its best to avoid that. Also, \f(CW\*(C`dup ()\*(C'\fR'ed
607     file descriptors might not work very well if you register events for both
608     file descriptors.
609 root 1.58 .Sp
610     Best performance from this backend is achieved by not unregistering all
611 root 1.71 watchers for a file descriptor until it has been closed, if possible,
612     i.e. keep at least one watcher active per fd at all times. Stopping and
613     starting a watcher (without re-setting it) also usually doesn't cause
614 root 1.73 extra overhead. A fork can both result in spurious notifications as well
615     as in libev having to destroy and recreate the epoll object, which can
616     take considerable time and thus should be avoided.
617 root 1.58 .Sp
618 root 1.74 All this means that, in practice, \f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_SELECT\*(C'\fR can be as fast or
619     faster than epoll for maybe up to a hundred file descriptors, depending on
620     the usage. So sad.
621     .Sp
622 root 1.68 While nominally embeddable in other event loops, this feature is broken in
623 root 1.58 all kernel versions tested so far.
624 root 1.71 .Sp
625     This backend maps \f(CW\*(C`EV_READ\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`EV_WRITE\*(C'\fR in the same way as
626     \&\f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_POLL\*(C'\fR.
627 root 1.6 .ie n .IP """EVBACKEND_KQUEUE"" (value 8, most \s-1BSD\s0 clones)" 4
628     .el .IP "\f(CWEVBACKEND_KQUEUE\fR (value 8, most \s-1BSD\s0 clones)" 4
629     .IX Item "EVBACKEND_KQUEUE (value 8, most BSD clones)"
630 root 1.73 Kqueue deserves special mention, as at the time of this writing, it
631     was broken on all BSDs except NetBSD (usually it doesn't work reliably
632     with anything but sockets and pipes, except on Darwin, where of course
633     it's completely useless). Unlike epoll, however, whose brokenness
634     is by design, these kqueue bugs can (and eventually will) be fixed
635     without \s-1API\s0 changes to existing programs. For this reason it's not being
636     \&\*(L"auto-detected\*(R" unless you explicitly specify it in the flags (i.e. using
637     \&\f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_KQUEUE\*(C'\fR) or libev was compiled on a known-to-be-good (\-enough)
638     system like NetBSD.
639 root 1.3 .Sp
640 root 1.57 You still can embed kqueue into a normal poll or select backend and use it
641     only for sockets (after having made sure that sockets work with kqueue on
642     the target platform). See \f(CW\*(C`ev_embed\*(C'\fR watchers for more info.
643     .Sp
644 root 1.3 It scales in the same way as the epoll backend, but the interface to the
645 root 1.57 kernel is more efficient (which says nothing about its actual speed, of
646     course). While stopping, setting and starting an I/O watcher does never
647 root 1.68 cause an extra system call as with \f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_EPOLL\*(C'\fR, it still adds up to
648 root 1.73 two event changes per incident. Support for \f(CW\*(C`fork ()\*(C'\fR is very bad (but
649     sane, unlike epoll) and it drops fds silently in similarly hard-to-detect
650     cases
651 root 1.58 .Sp
652     This backend usually performs well under most conditions.
653     .Sp
654     While nominally embeddable in other event loops, this doesn't work
655     everywhere, so you might need to test for this. And since it is broken
656     almost everywhere, you should only use it when you have a lot of sockets
657     (for which it usually works), by embedding it into another event loop
658 root 1.75 (e.g. \f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_SELECT\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_POLL\*(C'\fR (but \f(CW\*(C`poll\*(C'\fR is of course
659     also broken on \s-1OS\s0 X)) and, did I mention it, using it only for sockets.
660 root 1.71 .Sp
661     This backend maps \f(CW\*(C`EV_READ\*(C'\fR into an \f(CW\*(C`EVFILT_READ\*(C'\fR kevent with
662     \&\f(CW\*(C`NOTE_EOF\*(C'\fR, and \f(CW\*(C`EV_WRITE\*(C'\fR into an \f(CW\*(C`EVFILT_WRITE\*(C'\fR kevent with
663     \&\f(CW\*(C`NOTE_EOF\*(C'\fR.
664 root 1.6 .ie n .IP """EVBACKEND_DEVPOLL"" (value 16, Solaris 8)" 4
665     .el .IP "\f(CWEVBACKEND_DEVPOLL\fR (value 16, Solaris 8)" 4
666     .IX Item "EVBACKEND_DEVPOLL (value 16, Solaris 8)"
667 root 1.58 This is not implemented yet (and might never be, unless you send me an
668     implementation). According to reports, \f(CW\*(C`/dev/poll\*(C'\fR only supports sockets
669     and is not embeddable, which would limit the usefulness of this backend
670     immensely.
671 root 1.6 .ie n .IP """EVBACKEND_PORT"" (value 32, Solaris 10)" 4
672     .el .IP "\f(CWEVBACKEND_PORT\fR (value 32, Solaris 10)" 4
673     .IX Item "EVBACKEND_PORT (value 32, Solaris 10)"
674 root 1.54 This uses the Solaris 10 event port mechanism. As with everything on Solaris,
675 root 1.3 it's really slow, but it still scales very well (O(active_fds)).
676 root 1.7 .Sp
677 root 1.68 Please note that Solaris event ports can deliver a lot of spurious
678 root 1.7 notifications, so you need to use non-blocking I/O or other means to avoid
679     blocking when no data (or space) is available.
680 root 1.58 .Sp
681     While this backend scales well, it requires one system call per active
682     file descriptor per loop iteration. For small and medium numbers of file
683     descriptors a \*(L"slow\*(R" \f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_SELECT\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_POLL\*(C'\fR backend
684     might perform better.
685 root 1.60 .Sp
686 root 1.71 On the positive side, with the exception of the spurious readiness
687     notifications, this backend actually performed fully to specification
688     in all tests and is fully embeddable, which is a rare feat among the
689 root 1.73 OS-specific backends (I vastly prefer correctness over speed hacks).
690 root 1.71 .Sp
691     This backend maps \f(CW\*(C`EV_READ\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`EV_WRITE\*(C'\fR in the same way as
692     \&\f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_POLL\*(C'\fR.
693 root 1.6 .ie n .IP """EVBACKEND_ALL""" 4
694     .el .IP "\f(CWEVBACKEND_ALL\fR" 4
695     .IX Item "EVBACKEND_ALL"
696 root 1.4 Try all backends (even potentially broken ones that wouldn't be tried
697     with \f(CW\*(C`EVFLAG_AUTO\*(C'\fR). Since this is a mask, you can do stuff such as
698 root 1.6 \&\f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_ALL & ~EVBACKEND_KQUEUE\*(C'\fR.
699 root 1.58 .Sp
700     It is definitely not recommended to use this flag.
701 root 1.1 .RE
702     .RS 4
703 root 1.3 .Sp
704 root 1.80 If one or more of the backend flags are or'ed into the flags value,
705     then only these backends will be tried (in the reverse order as listed
706     here). If none are specified, all backends in \f(CW\*(C`ev_recommended_backends
707     ()\*(C'\fR will be tried.
708 root 1.8 .Sp
709 root 1.82 Example: Try to create a event loop that uses epoll and nothing else.
710 root 1.8 .Sp
711 root 1.82 .Vb 3
712     \& struct ev_loop *epoller = ev_loop_new (EVBACKEND_EPOLL | EVFLAG_NOENV);
713     \& if (!epoller)
714     \& fatal ("no epoll found here, maybe it hides under your chair");
715 root 1.8 .Ve
716     .Sp
717 root 1.71 Example: Use whatever libev has to offer, but make sure that kqueue is
718 root 1.82 used if available.
719 root 1.8 .Sp
720     .Vb 1
721 root 1.82 \& struct ev_loop *loop = ev_loop_new (ev_recommended_backends () | EVBACKEND_KQUEUE);
722 root 1.8 .Ve
723 root 1.1 .RE
724 root 1.82 .IP "ev_loop_destroy (loop)" 4
725     .IX Item "ev_loop_destroy (loop)"
726     Destroys an event loop object (frees all memory and kernel state
727 root 1.12 etc.). None of the active event watchers will be stopped in the normal
728     sense, so e.g. \f(CW\*(C`ev_is_active\*(C'\fR might still return true. It is your
729 root 1.68 responsibility to either stop all watchers cleanly yourself \fIbefore\fR
730 root 1.12 calling this function, or cope with the fact afterwards (which is usually
731 root 1.52 the easiest thing, you can just ignore the watchers and/or \f(CW\*(C`free ()\*(C'\fR them
732 root 1.12 for example).
733 root 1.52 .Sp
734 root 1.73 Note that certain global state, such as signal state (and installed signal
735     handlers), will not be freed by this function, and related watchers (such
736     as signal and child watchers) would need to be stopped manually.
737 root 1.52 .Sp
738 root 1.82 This function is normally used on loop objects allocated by
739     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_new\*(C'\fR, but it can also be used on the default loop returned by
740     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_default_loop\*(C'\fR, in which case it is not thread-safe.
741     .Sp
742     Note that it is not advisable to call this function on the default loop
743     except in the rare occasion where you really need to free it's resources.
744     If you need dynamically allocated loops it is better to use \f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_new\*(C'\fR
745     and \f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_destroy\*(C'\fR.
746     .IP "ev_loop_fork (loop)" 4
747     .IX Item "ev_loop_fork (loop)"
748     This function sets a flag that causes subsequent \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR iterations to
749     reinitialise the kernel state for backends that have one. Despite the
750 root 1.60 name, you can call it anytime, but it makes most sense after forking, in
751 root 1.82 the child process. You \fImust\fR call it (or use \f(CW\*(C`EVFLAG_FORKCHECK\*(C'\fR) in the
752     child before resuming or calling \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR.
753     .Sp
754     Again, you \fIhave\fR to call it on \fIany\fR loop that you want to re-use after
755     a fork, \fIeven if you do not plan to use the loop in the parent\fR. This is
756     because some kernel interfaces *cough* \fIkqueue\fR *cough* do funny things
757     during fork.
758 root 1.60 .Sp
759     On the other hand, you only need to call this function in the child
760 root 1.82 process if and only if you want to use the event loop in the child. If
761     you just fork+exec or create a new loop in the child, you don't have to
762     call it at all (in fact, \f(CW\*(C`epoll\*(C'\fR is so badly broken that it makes a
763     difference, but libev will usually detect this case on its own and do a
764     costly reset of the backend).
765 root 1.1 .Sp
766     The function itself is quite fast and it's usually not a problem to call
767 root 1.82 it just in case after a fork.
768     .Sp
769     Example: Automate calling \f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_fork\*(C'\fR on the default loop when
770     using pthreads.
771 root 1.1 .Sp
772 root 1.82 .Vb 5
773     \& static void
774     \& post_fork_child (void)
775     \& {
776     \& ev_loop_fork (EV_DEFAULT);
777     \& }
778     \&
779     \& ...
780     \& pthread_atfork (0, 0, post_fork_child);
781 root 1.1 .Ve
782 root 1.61 .IP "int ev_is_default_loop (loop)" 4
783     .IX Item "int ev_is_default_loop (loop)"
784 root 1.71 Returns true when the given loop is, in fact, the default loop, and false
785     otherwise.
786 root 1.82 .IP "unsigned int ev_iteration (loop)" 4
787     .IX Item "unsigned int ev_iteration (loop)"
788     Returns the current iteration count for the event loop, which is identical
789     to the number of times libev did poll for new events. It starts at \f(CW0\fR
790     and happily wraps around with enough iterations.
791 root 1.37 .Sp
792     This value can sometimes be useful as a generation counter of sorts (it
793     \&\*(L"ticks\*(R" the number of loop iterations), as it roughly corresponds with
794 root 1.82 \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_prepare\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR calls \- and is incremented between the
795     prepare and check phases.
796     .IP "unsigned int ev_depth (loop)" 4
797     .IX Item "unsigned int ev_depth (loop)"
798     Returns the number of times \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR was entered minus the number of
799     times \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR was exited, in other words, the recursion depth.
800 root 1.79 .Sp
801 root 1.82 Outside \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR, this number is zero. In a callback, this number is
802     \&\f(CW1\fR, unless \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR was invoked recursively (or from another thread),
803 root 1.79 in which case it is higher.
804     .Sp
805 root 1.82 Leaving \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR abnormally (setjmp/longjmp, cancelling the thread
806     etc.), doesn't count as \*(L"exit\*(R" \- consider this as a hint to avoid such
807     ungentleman-like behaviour unless it's really convenient.
808 root 1.6 .IP "unsigned int ev_backend (loop)" 4
809     .IX Item "unsigned int ev_backend (loop)"
810     Returns one of the \f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_*\*(C'\fR flags indicating the event backend in
811 root 1.1 use.
812     .IP "ev_tstamp ev_now (loop)" 4
813     .IX Item "ev_tstamp ev_now (loop)"
814     Returns the current \*(L"event loop time\*(R", which is the time the event loop
815 root 1.9 received events and started processing them. This timestamp does not
816     change as long as callbacks are being processed, and this is also the base
817     time used for relative timers. You can treat it as the timestamp of the
818 root 1.54 event occurring (or more correctly, libev finding out about it).
819 root 1.71 .IP "ev_now_update (loop)" 4
820     .IX Item "ev_now_update (loop)"
821     Establishes the current time by querying the kernel, updating the time
822     returned by \f(CW\*(C`ev_now ()\*(C'\fR in the progress. This is a costly operation and
823 root 1.82 is usually done automatically within \f(CW\*(C`ev_run ()\*(C'\fR.
824 root 1.71 .Sp
825     This function is rarely useful, but when some event callback runs for a
826     very long time without entering the event loop, updating libev's idea of
827     the current time is a good idea.
828     .Sp
829     See also \*(L"The special problem of time updates\*(R" in the \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR section.
830 root 1.78 .IP "ev_suspend (loop)" 4
831     .IX Item "ev_suspend (loop)"
832     .PD 0
833     .IP "ev_resume (loop)" 4
834     .IX Item "ev_resume (loop)"
835     .PD
836 root 1.82 These two functions suspend and resume an event loop, for use when the
837     loop is not used for a while and timeouts should not be processed.
838 root 1.78 .Sp
839     A typical use case would be an interactive program such as a game: When
840     the user presses \f(CW\*(C`^Z\*(C'\fR to suspend the game and resumes it an hour later it
841     would be best to handle timeouts as if no time had actually passed while
842     the program was suspended. This can be achieved by calling \f(CW\*(C`ev_suspend\*(C'\fR
843     in your \f(CW\*(C`SIGTSTP\*(C'\fR handler, sending yourself a \f(CW\*(C`SIGSTOP\*(C'\fR and calling
844     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_resume\*(C'\fR directly afterwards to resume timer processing.
845     .Sp
846     Effectively, all \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR watchers will be delayed by the time spend
847     between \f(CW\*(C`ev_suspend\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`ev_resume\*(C'\fR, and all \f(CW\*(C`ev_periodic\*(C'\fR watchers
848     will be rescheduled (that is, they will lose any events that would have
849 root 1.82 occurred while suspended).
850 root 1.78 .Sp
851     After calling \f(CW\*(C`ev_suspend\*(C'\fR you \fBmust not\fR call \fIany\fR function on the
852     given loop other than \f(CW\*(C`ev_resume\*(C'\fR, and you \fBmust not\fR call \f(CW\*(C`ev_resume\*(C'\fR
853     without a previous call to \f(CW\*(C`ev_suspend\*(C'\fR.
854     .Sp
855     Calling \f(CW\*(C`ev_suspend\*(C'\fR/\f(CW\*(C`ev_resume\*(C'\fR has the side effect of updating the
856     event loop time (see \f(CW\*(C`ev_now_update\*(C'\fR).
857 root 1.82 .IP "ev_run (loop, int flags)" 4
858     .IX Item "ev_run (loop, int flags)"
859 root 1.1 Finally, this is it, the event handler. This function usually is called
860 root 1.81 after you have initialised all your watchers and you want to start
861 root 1.82 handling events. It will ask the operating system for any new events, call
862     the watcher callbacks, an then repeat the whole process indefinitely: This
863     is why event loops are called \fIloops\fR.
864 root 1.1 .Sp
865 root 1.82 If the flags argument is specified as \f(CW0\fR, it will keep handling events
866     until either no event watchers are active anymore or \f(CW\*(C`ev_break\*(C'\fR was
867     called.
868 root 1.1 .Sp
869 root 1.82 Please note that an explicit \f(CW\*(C`ev_break\*(C'\fR is usually better than
870 root 1.9 relying on all watchers to be stopped when deciding when a program has
871 root 1.71 finished (especially in interactive programs), but having a program
872     that automatically loops as long as it has to and no longer by virtue
873     of relying on its watchers stopping correctly, that is truly a thing of
874     beauty.
875 root 1.9 .Sp
876 root 1.82 A flags value of \f(CW\*(C`EVRUN_NOWAIT\*(C'\fR will look for new events, will handle
877     those events and any already outstanding ones, but will not wait and
878     block your process in case there are no events and will return after one
879     iteration of the loop. This is sometimes useful to poll and handle new
880     events while doing lengthy calculations, to keep the program responsive.
881 root 1.1 .Sp
882 root 1.82 A flags value of \f(CW\*(C`EVRUN_ONCE\*(C'\fR will look for new events (waiting if
883 root 1.71 necessary) and will handle those and any already outstanding ones. It
884     will block your process until at least one new event arrives (which could
885 root 1.73 be an event internal to libev itself, so there is no guarantee that a
886 root 1.71 user-registered callback will be called), and will return after one
887     iteration of the loop.
888     .Sp
889     This is useful if you are waiting for some external event in conjunction
890     with something not expressible using other libev watchers (i.e. "roll your
891 root 1.82 own \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR"). However, a pair of \f(CW\*(C`ev_prepare\*(C'\fR/\f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR watchers is
892 root 1.8 usually a better approach for this kind of thing.
893     .Sp
894 root 1.82 Here are the gory details of what \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR does:
895 root 1.8 .Sp
896 root 1.60 .Vb 10
897 root 1.82 \& \- Increment loop depth.
898     \& \- Reset the ev_break status.
899 root 1.60 \& \- Before the first iteration, call any pending watchers.
900 root 1.82 \& LOOP:
901     \& \- If EVFLAG_FORKCHECK was used, check for a fork.
902 root 1.71 \& \- If a fork was detected (by any means), queue and call all fork watchers.
903 root 1.60 \& \- Queue and call all prepare watchers.
904 root 1.82 \& \- If ev_break was called, goto FINISH.
905 root 1.71 \& \- If we have been forked, detach and recreate the kernel state
906     \& as to not disturb the other process.
907 root 1.60 \& \- Update the kernel state with all outstanding changes.
908 root 1.71 \& \- Update the "event loop time" (ev_now ()).
909 root 1.60 \& \- Calculate for how long to sleep or block, if at all
910 root 1.82 \& (active idle watchers, EVRUN_NOWAIT or not having
911 root 1.60 \& any active watchers at all will result in not sleeping).
912     \& \- Sleep if the I/O and timer collect interval say so.
913 root 1.82 \& \- Increment loop iteration counter.
914 root 1.60 \& \- Block the process, waiting for any events.
915     \& \- Queue all outstanding I/O (fd) events.
916 root 1.71 \& \- Update the "event loop time" (ev_now ()), and do time jump adjustments.
917     \& \- Queue all expired timers.
918     \& \- Queue all expired periodics.
919 root 1.82 \& \- Queue all idle watchers with priority higher than that of pending events.
920 root 1.60 \& \- Queue all check watchers.
921     \& \- Call all queued watchers in reverse order (i.e. check watchers first).
922 root 1.8 \& Signals and child watchers are implemented as I/O watchers, and will
923     \& be handled here by queueing them when their watcher gets executed.
924 root 1.82 \& \- If ev_break has been called, or EVRUN_ONCE or EVRUN_NOWAIT
925     \& were used, or there are no active watchers, goto FINISH, otherwise
926     \& continue with step LOOP.
927     \& FINISH:
928     \& \- Reset the ev_break status iff it was EVBREAK_ONE.
929     \& \- Decrement the loop depth.
930     \& \- Return.
931 root 1.2 .Ve
932 root 1.9 .Sp
933 root 1.60 Example: Queue some jobs and then loop until no events are outstanding
934 root 1.9 anymore.
935     .Sp
936     .Vb 4
937     \& ... queue jobs here, make sure they register event watchers as long
938     \& ... as they still have work to do (even an idle watcher will do..)
939 root 1.82 \& ev_run (my_loop, 0);
940 root 1.71 \& ... jobs done or somebody called unloop. yeah!
941 root 1.9 .Ve
942 root 1.82 .IP "ev_break (loop, how)" 4
943     .IX Item "ev_break (loop, how)"
944     Can be used to make a call to \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR return early (but only after it
945 root 1.1 has processed all outstanding events). The \f(CW\*(C`how\*(C'\fR argument must be either
946 root 1.82 \&\f(CW\*(C`EVBREAK_ONE\*(C'\fR, which will make the innermost \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR call return, or
947     \&\f(CW\*(C`EVBREAK_ALL\*(C'\fR, which will make all nested \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR calls return.
948 root 1.60 .Sp
949 root 1.82 This \*(L"unloop state\*(R" will be cleared when entering \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR again.
950 root 1.72 .Sp
951 root 1.82 It is safe to call \f(CW\*(C`ev_break\*(C'\fR from outside any \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR calls. ##TODO##
952 root 1.1 .IP "ev_ref (loop)" 4
953     .IX Item "ev_ref (loop)"
954     .PD 0
955     .IP "ev_unref (loop)" 4
956     .IX Item "ev_unref (loop)"
957     .PD
958     Ref/unref can be used to add or remove a reference count on the event
959     loop: Every watcher keeps one reference, and as long as the reference
960 root 1.82 count is nonzero, \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR will not return on its own.
961 root 1.71 .Sp
962 root 1.81 This is useful when you have a watcher that you never intend to
963 root 1.82 unregister, but that nevertheless should not keep \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR from
964 root 1.81 returning. In such a case, call \f(CW\*(C`ev_unref\*(C'\fR after starting, and \f(CW\*(C`ev_ref\*(C'\fR
965     before stopping it.
966 root 1.71 .Sp
967 root 1.78 As an example, libev itself uses this for its internal signal pipe: It
968 root 1.82 is not visible to the libev user and should not keep \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR from
969 root 1.78 exiting if no event watchers registered by it are active. It is also an
970     excellent way to do this for generic recurring timers or from within
971     third-party libraries. Just remember to \fIunref after start\fR and \fIref
972     before stop\fR (but only if the watcher wasn't active before, or was active
973     before, respectively. Note also that libev might stop watchers itself
974     (e.g. non-repeating timers) in which case you have to \f(CW\*(C`ev_ref\*(C'\fR
975     in the callback).
976 root 1.9 .Sp
977 root 1.82 Example: Create a signal watcher, but keep it from keeping \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR
978 root 1.9 running when nothing else is active.
979     .Sp
980     .Vb 4
981 root 1.73 \& ev_signal exitsig;
982 root 1.68 \& ev_signal_init (&exitsig, sig_cb, SIGINT);
983     \& ev_signal_start (loop, &exitsig);
984     \& evf_unref (loop);
985 root 1.9 .Ve
986     .Sp
987 root 1.28 Example: For some weird reason, unregister the above signal handler again.
988 root 1.9 .Sp
989     .Vb 2
990 root 1.68 \& ev_ref (loop);
991     \& ev_signal_stop (loop, &exitsig);
992 root 1.9 .Ve
993 root 1.57 .IP "ev_set_io_collect_interval (loop, ev_tstamp interval)" 4
994     .IX Item "ev_set_io_collect_interval (loop, ev_tstamp interval)"
995 root 1.56 .PD 0
996 root 1.57 .IP "ev_set_timeout_collect_interval (loop, ev_tstamp interval)" 4
997     .IX Item "ev_set_timeout_collect_interval (loop, ev_tstamp interval)"
998 root 1.56 .PD
999     These advanced functions influence the time that libev will spend waiting
1000 root 1.71 for events. Both time intervals are by default \f(CW0\fR, meaning that libev
1001     will try to invoke timer/periodic callbacks and I/O callbacks with minimum
1002     latency.
1003 root 1.56 .Sp
1004     Setting these to a higher value (the \f(CW\*(C`interval\*(C'\fR \fImust\fR be >= \f(CW0\fR)
1005 root 1.71 allows libev to delay invocation of I/O and timer/periodic callbacks
1006     to increase efficiency of loop iterations (or to increase power-saving
1007     opportunities).
1008     .Sp
1009     The idea is that sometimes your program runs just fast enough to handle
1010     one (or very few) event(s) per loop iteration. While this makes the
1011     program responsive, it also wastes a lot of \s-1CPU\s0 time to poll for new
1012 root 1.56 events, especially with backends like \f(CW\*(C`select ()\*(C'\fR which have a high
1013     overhead for the actual polling but can deliver many events at once.
1014     .Sp
1015     By setting a higher \fIio collect interval\fR you allow libev to spend more
1016     time collecting I/O events, so you can handle more events per iteration,
1017     at the cost of increasing latency. Timeouts (both \f(CW\*(C`ev_periodic\*(C'\fR and
1018 root 1.58 \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR) will be not affected. Setting this to a non-null value will
1019 root 1.79 introduce an additional \f(CW\*(C`ev_sleep ()\*(C'\fR call into most loop iterations. The
1020     sleep time ensures that libev will not poll for I/O events more often then
1021     once per this interval, on average.
1022 root 1.56 .Sp
1023     Likewise, by setting a higher \fItimeout collect interval\fR you allow libev
1024     to spend more time collecting timeouts, at the expense of increased
1025 root 1.71 latency/jitter/inexactness (the watcher callback will be called
1026     later). \f(CW\*(C`ev_io\*(C'\fR watchers will not be affected. Setting this to a non-null
1027     value will not introduce any overhead in libev.
1028 root 1.56 .Sp
1029 root 1.68 Many (busy) programs can usually benefit by setting the I/O collect
1030 root 1.57 interval to a value near \f(CW0.1\fR or so, which is often enough for
1031     interactive servers (of course not for games), likewise for timeouts. It
1032     usually doesn't make much sense to set it to a lower value than \f(CW0.01\fR,
1033 root 1.79 as this approaches the timing granularity of most systems. Note that if
1034     you do transactions with the outside world and you can't increase the
1035     parallelity, then this setting will limit your transaction rate (if you
1036     need to poll once per transaction and the I/O collect interval is 0.01,
1037 root 1.82 then you can't do more than 100 transactions per second).
1038 root 1.71 .Sp
1039     Setting the \fItimeout collect interval\fR can improve the opportunity for
1040     saving power, as the program will \*(L"bundle\*(R" timer callback invocations that
1041     are \*(L"near\*(R" in time together, by delaying some, thus reducing the number of
1042     times the process sleeps and wakes up again. Another useful technique to
1043     reduce iterations/wake\-ups is to use \f(CW\*(C`ev_periodic\*(C'\fR watchers and make sure
1044     they fire on, say, one-second boundaries only.
1045 root 1.79 .Sp
1046     Example: we only need 0.1s timeout granularity, and we wish not to poll
1047     more often than 100 times per second:
1048     .Sp
1049     .Vb 2
1050     \& ev_set_timeout_collect_interval (EV_DEFAULT_UC_ 0.1);
1051     \& ev_set_io_collect_interval (EV_DEFAULT_UC_ 0.01);
1052     .Ve
1053     .IP "ev_invoke_pending (loop)" 4
1054     .IX Item "ev_invoke_pending (loop)"
1055     This call will simply invoke all pending watchers while resetting their
1056 root 1.82 pending state. Normally, \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR does this automatically when required,
1057     but when overriding the invoke callback this call comes handy. This
1058     function can be invoked from a watcher \- this can be useful for example
1059     when you want to do some lengthy calculation and want to pass further
1060     event handling to another thread (you still have to make sure only one
1061     thread executes within \f(CW\*(C`ev_invoke_pending\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR of course).
1062 root 1.79 .IP "int ev_pending_count (loop)" 4
1063     .IX Item "int ev_pending_count (loop)"
1064     Returns the number of pending watchers \- zero indicates that no watchers
1065     are pending.
1066     .IP "ev_set_invoke_pending_cb (loop, void (*invoke_pending_cb)(\s-1EV_P\s0))" 4
1067     .IX Item "ev_set_invoke_pending_cb (loop, void (*invoke_pending_cb)(EV_P))"
1068     This overrides the invoke pending functionality of the loop: Instead of
1069 root 1.82 invoking all pending watchers when there are any, \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR will call
1070 root 1.79 this callback instead. This is useful, for example, when you want to
1071     invoke the actual watchers inside another context (another thread etc.).
1072     .Sp
1073     If you want to reset the callback, use \f(CW\*(C`ev_invoke_pending\*(C'\fR as new
1074     callback.
1075     .IP "ev_set_loop_release_cb (loop, void (*release)(\s-1EV_P\s0), void (*acquire)(\s-1EV_P\s0))" 4
1076     .IX Item "ev_set_loop_release_cb (loop, void (*release)(EV_P), void (*acquire)(EV_P))"
1077     Sometimes you want to share the same loop between multiple threads. This
1078     can be done relatively simply by putting mutex_lock/unlock calls around
1079     each call to a libev function.
1080     .Sp
1081 root 1.82 However, \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR can run an indefinite time, so it is not feasible
1082     to wait for it to return. One way around this is to wake up the event
1083     loop via \f(CW\*(C`ev_break\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`av_async_send\*(C'\fR, another way is to set these
1084     \&\fIrelease\fR and \fIacquire\fR callbacks on the loop.
1085 root 1.79 .Sp
1086     When set, then \f(CW\*(C`release\*(C'\fR will be called just before the thread is
1087     suspended waiting for new events, and \f(CW\*(C`acquire\*(C'\fR is called just
1088     afterwards.
1089     .Sp
1090     Ideally, \f(CW\*(C`release\*(C'\fR will just call your mutex_unlock function, and
1091     \&\f(CW\*(C`acquire\*(C'\fR will just call the mutex_lock function again.
1092     .Sp
1093     While event loop modifications are allowed between invocations of
1094     \&\f(CW\*(C`release\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`acquire\*(C'\fR (that's their only purpose after all), no
1095     modifications done will affect the event loop, i.e. adding watchers will
1096     have no effect on the set of file descriptors being watched, or the time
1097 root 1.82 waited. Use an \f(CW\*(C`ev_async\*(C'\fR watcher to wake up \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR when you want it
1098 root 1.79 to take note of any changes you made.
1099     .Sp
1100 root 1.82 In theory, threads executing \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR will be async-cancel safe between
1101 root 1.79 invocations of \f(CW\*(C`release\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`acquire\*(C'\fR.
1102     .Sp
1103     See also the locking example in the \f(CW\*(C`THREADS\*(C'\fR section later in this
1104     document.
1105     .IP "ev_set_userdata (loop, void *data)" 4
1106     .IX Item "ev_set_userdata (loop, void *data)"
1107     .PD 0
1108     .IP "ev_userdata (loop)" 4
1109     .IX Item "ev_userdata (loop)"
1110     .PD
1111     Set and retrieve a single \f(CW\*(C`void *\*(C'\fR associated with a loop. When
1112     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_set_userdata\*(C'\fR has never been called, then \f(CW\*(C`ev_userdata\*(C'\fR returns
1113     \&\f(CW0.\fR
1114     .Sp
1115     These two functions can be used to associate arbitrary data with a loop,
1116     and are intended solely for the \f(CW\*(C`invoke_pending_cb\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`release\*(C'\fR and
1117     \&\f(CW\*(C`acquire\*(C'\fR callbacks described above, but of course can be (ab\-)used for
1118     any other purpose as well.
1119 root 1.82 .IP "ev_verify (loop)" 4
1120     .IX Item "ev_verify (loop)"
1121 root 1.67 This function only does something when \f(CW\*(C`EV_VERIFY\*(C'\fR support has been
1122 root 1.73 compiled in, which is the default for non-minimal builds. It tries to go
1123 root 1.71 through all internal structures and checks them for validity. If anything
1124     is found to be inconsistent, it will print an error message to standard
1125     error and call \f(CW\*(C`abort ()\*(C'\fR.
1126 root 1.67 .Sp
1127     This can be used to catch bugs inside libev itself: under normal
1128     circumstances, this function will never abort as of course libev keeps its
1129     data structures consistent.
1130 root 1.1 .SH "ANATOMY OF A WATCHER"
1131     .IX Header "ANATOMY OF A WATCHER"
1132 root 1.73 In the following description, uppercase \f(CW\*(C`TYPE\*(C'\fR in names stands for the
1133     watcher type, e.g. \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_start\*(C'\fR can mean \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer_start\*(C'\fR for timer
1134     watchers and \f(CW\*(C`ev_io_start\*(C'\fR for I/O watchers.
1135     .PP
1136 root 1.82 A watcher is an opaque structure that you allocate and register to record
1137     your interest in some event. To make a concrete example, imagine you want
1138     to wait for \s-1STDIN\s0 to become readable, you would create an \f(CW\*(C`ev_io\*(C'\fR watcher
1139     for that:
1140 root 1.1 .PP
1141     .Vb 5
1142 root 1.73 \& static void my_cb (struct ev_loop *loop, ev_io *w, int revents)
1143 root 1.68 \& {
1144     \& ev_io_stop (w);
1145 root 1.82 \& ev_break (loop, EVBREAK_ALL);
1146 root 1.68 \& }
1147     \&
1148     \& struct ev_loop *loop = ev_default_loop (0);
1149 root 1.73 \&
1150     \& ev_io stdin_watcher;
1151     \&
1152 root 1.68 \& ev_init (&stdin_watcher, my_cb);
1153     \& ev_io_set (&stdin_watcher, STDIN_FILENO, EV_READ);
1154     \& ev_io_start (loop, &stdin_watcher);
1155 root 1.73 \&
1156 root 1.82 \& ev_run (loop, 0);
1157 root 1.1 .Ve
1158     .PP
1159     As you can see, you are responsible for allocating the memory for your
1160 root 1.73 watcher structures (and it is \fIusually\fR a bad idea to do this on the
1161     stack).
1162     .PP
1163     Each watcher has an associated watcher structure (called \f(CW\*(C`struct ev_TYPE\*(C'\fR
1164     or simply \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE\*(C'\fR, as typedefs are provided for all watcher structs).
1165 root 1.1 .PP
1166 root 1.82 Each watcher structure must be initialised by a call to \f(CW\*(C`ev_init (watcher
1167     *, callback)\*(C'\fR, which expects a callback to be provided. This callback is
1168     invoked each time the event occurs (or, in the case of I/O watchers, each
1169     time the event loop detects that the file descriptor given is readable
1170     and/or writable).
1171 root 1.1 .PP
1172 root 1.73 Each watcher type further has its own \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_set (watcher *, ...)\*(C'\fR
1173     macro to configure it, with arguments specific to the watcher type. There
1174     is also a macro to combine initialisation and setting in one call: \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_init (watcher *, callback, ...)\*(C'\fR.
1175 root 1.1 .PP
1176     To make the watcher actually watch out for events, you have to start it
1177 root 1.73 with a watcher-specific start function (\f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_start (loop, watcher
1178 root 1.1 *)\*(C'\fR), and you can stop watching for events at any time by calling the
1179 root 1.73 corresponding stop function (\f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_stop (loop, watcher *)\*(C'\fR.
1180 root 1.1 .PP
1181     As long as your watcher is active (has been started but not stopped) you
1182     must not touch the values stored in it. Most specifically you must never
1183 root 1.73 reinitialise it or call its \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_set\*(C'\fR macro.
1184 root 1.1 .PP
1185     Each and every callback receives the event loop pointer as first, the
1186     registered watcher structure as second, and a bitset of received events as
1187     third argument.
1188     .PP
1189     The received events usually include a single bit per event type received
1190     (you can receive multiple events at the same time). The possible bit masks
1191     are:
1192     .ie n .IP """EV_READ""" 4
1193     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_READ\fR" 4
1194     .IX Item "EV_READ"
1195     .PD 0
1196     .ie n .IP """EV_WRITE""" 4
1197     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_WRITE\fR" 4
1198     .IX Item "EV_WRITE"
1199     .PD
1200     The file descriptor in the \f(CW\*(C`ev_io\*(C'\fR watcher has become readable and/or
1201     writable.
1202 root 1.82 .ie n .IP """EV_TIMER""" 4
1203     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_TIMER\fR" 4
1204     .IX Item "EV_TIMER"
1205 root 1.1 The \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR watcher has timed out.
1206     .ie n .IP """EV_PERIODIC""" 4
1207     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_PERIODIC\fR" 4
1208     .IX Item "EV_PERIODIC"
1209     The \f(CW\*(C`ev_periodic\*(C'\fR watcher has timed out.
1210     .ie n .IP """EV_SIGNAL""" 4
1211     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_SIGNAL\fR" 4
1212     .IX Item "EV_SIGNAL"
1213     The signal specified in the \f(CW\*(C`ev_signal\*(C'\fR watcher has been received by a thread.
1214     .ie n .IP """EV_CHILD""" 4
1215     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_CHILD\fR" 4
1216     .IX Item "EV_CHILD"
1217     The pid specified in the \f(CW\*(C`ev_child\*(C'\fR watcher has received a status change.
1218 root 1.22 .ie n .IP """EV_STAT""" 4
1219     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_STAT\fR" 4
1220     .IX Item "EV_STAT"
1221     The path specified in the \f(CW\*(C`ev_stat\*(C'\fR watcher changed its attributes somehow.
1222 root 1.1 .ie n .IP """EV_IDLE""" 4
1223     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_IDLE\fR" 4
1224     .IX Item "EV_IDLE"
1225     The \f(CW\*(C`ev_idle\*(C'\fR watcher has determined that you have nothing better to do.
1226     .ie n .IP """EV_PREPARE""" 4
1227     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_PREPARE\fR" 4
1228     .IX Item "EV_PREPARE"
1229     .PD 0
1230     .ie n .IP """EV_CHECK""" 4
1231     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_CHECK\fR" 4
1232     .IX Item "EV_CHECK"
1233     .PD
1234 root 1.82 All \f(CW\*(C`ev_prepare\*(C'\fR watchers are invoked just \fIbefore\fR \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR starts
1235 root 1.1 to gather new events, and all \f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR watchers are invoked just after
1236 root 1.82 \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR has gathered them, but before it invokes any callbacks for any
1237 root 1.1 received events. Callbacks of both watcher types can start and stop as
1238     many watchers as they want, and all of them will be taken into account
1239     (for example, a \f(CW\*(C`ev_prepare\*(C'\fR watcher might start an idle watcher to keep
1240 root 1.82 \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR from blocking).
1241 root 1.24 .ie n .IP """EV_EMBED""" 4
1242     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_EMBED\fR" 4
1243     .IX Item "EV_EMBED"
1244     The embedded event loop specified in the \f(CW\*(C`ev_embed\*(C'\fR watcher needs attention.
1245     .ie n .IP """EV_FORK""" 4
1246     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_FORK\fR" 4
1247     .IX Item "EV_FORK"
1248     The event loop has been resumed in the child process after fork (see
1249     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_fork\*(C'\fR).
1250 root 1.82 .ie n .IP """EV_CLEANUP""" 4
1251     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_CLEANUP\fR" 4
1252     .IX Item "EV_CLEANUP"
1253     The event loop is about to be destroyed (see \f(CW\*(C`ev_cleanup\*(C'\fR).
1254 root 1.61 .ie n .IP """EV_ASYNC""" 4
1255     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_ASYNC\fR" 4
1256     .IX Item "EV_ASYNC"
1257     The given async watcher has been asynchronously notified (see \f(CW\*(C`ev_async\*(C'\fR).
1258 root 1.78 .ie n .IP """EV_CUSTOM""" 4
1259     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_CUSTOM\fR" 4
1260     .IX Item "EV_CUSTOM"
1261     Not ever sent (or otherwise used) by libev itself, but can be freely used
1262     by libev users to signal watchers (e.g. via \f(CW\*(C`ev_feed_event\*(C'\fR).
1263 root 1.1 .ie n .IP """EV_ERROR""" 4
1264     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_ERROR\fR" 4
1265     .IX Item "EV_ERROR"
1266 root 1.68 An unspecified error has occurred, the watcher has been stopped. This might
1267 root 1.1 happen because the watcher could not be properly started because libev
1268     ran out of memory, a file descriptor was found to be closed or any other
1269 root 1.73 problem. Libev considers these application bugs.
1270     .Sp
1271     You best act on it by reporting the problem and somehow coping with the
1272     watcher being stopped. Note that well-written programs should not receive
1273     an error ever, so when your watcher receives it, this usually indicates a
1274     bug in your program.
1275 root 1.1 .Sp
1276 root 1.71 Libev will usually signal a few \*(L"dummy\*(R" events together with an error, for
1277     example it might indicate that a fd is readable or writable, and if your
1278     callbacks is well-written it can just attempt the operation and cope with
1279     the error from \fIread()\fR or \fIwrite()\fR. This will not work in multi-threaded
1280     programs, though, as the fd could already be closed and reused for another
1281     thing, so beware.
1282 root 1.79 .SS "\s-1GENERIC\s0 \s-1WATCHER\s0 \s-1FUNCTIONS\s0"
1283 root 1.17 .IX Subsection "GENERIC WATCHER FUNCTIONS"
1284 root 1.11 .ie n .IP """ev_init"" (ev_TYPE *watcher, callback)" 4
1285     .el .IP "\f(CWev_init\fR (ev_TYPE *watcher, callback)" 4
1286     .IX Item "ev_init (ev_TYPE *watcher, callback)"
1287     This macro initialises the generic portion of a watcher. The contents
1288     of the watcher object can be arbitrary (so \f(CW\*(C`malloc\*(C'\fR will do). Only
1289     the generic parts of the watcher are initialised, you \fIneed\fR to call
1290     the type-specific \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_set\*(C'\fR macro afterwards to initialise the
1291     type-specific parts. For each type there is also a \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_init\*(C'\fR macro
1292     which rolls both calls into one.
1293     .Sp
1294     You can reinitialise a watcher at any time as long as it has been stopped
1295     (or never started) and there are no pending events outstanding.
1296     .Sp
1297 root 1.73 The callback is always of type \f(CW\*(C`void (*)(struct ev_loop *loop, ev_TYPE *watcher,
1298 root 1.11 int revents)\*(C'\fR.
1299 root 1.71 .Sp
1300     Example: Initialise an \f(CW\*(C`ev_io\*(C'\fR watcher in two steps.
1301     .Sp
1302     .Vb 3
1303     \& ev_io w;
1304     \& ev_init (&w, my_cb);
1305     \& ev_io_set (&w, STDIN_FILENO, EV_READ);
1306     .Ve
1307 root 1.81 .ie n .IP """ev_TYPE_set"" (ev_TYPE *watcher, [args])" 4
1308     .el .IP "\f(CWev_TYPE_set\fR (ev_TYPE *watcher, [args])" 4
1309     .IX Item "ev_TYPE_set (ev_TYPE *watcher, [args])"
1310 root 1.11 This macro initialises the type-specific parts of a watcher. You need to
1311     call \f(CW\*(C`ev_init\*(C'\fR at least once before you call this macro, but you can
1312     call \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_set\*(C'\fR any number of times. You must not, however, call this
1313     macro on a watcher that is active (it can be pending, however, which is a
1314     difference to the \f(CW\*(C`ev_init\*(C'\fR macro).
1315     .Sp
1316     Although some watcher types do not have type-specific arguments
1317     (e.g. \f(CW\*(C`ev_prepare\*(C'\fR) you still need to call its \f(CW\*(C`set\*(C'\fR macro.
1318 root 1.71 .Sp
1319     See \f(CW\*(C`ev_init\*(C'\fR, above, for an example.
1320 root 1.11 .ie n .IP """ev_TYPE_init"" (ev_TYPE *watcher, callback, [args])" 4
1321     .el .IP "\f(CWev_TYPE_init\fR (ev_TYPE *watcher, callback, [args])" 4
1322     .IX Item "ev_TYPE_init (ev_TYPE *watcher, callback, [args])"
1323 root 1.68 This convenience macro rolls both \f(CW\*(C`ev_init\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_set\*(C'\fR macro
1324     calls into a single call. This is the most convenient method to initialise
1325 root 1.11 a watcher. The same limitations apply, of course.
1326 root 1.71 .Sp
1327     Example: Initialise and set an \f(CW\*(C`ev_io\*(C'\fR watcher in one step.
1328     .Sp
1329     .Vb 1
1330     \& ev_io_init (&w, my_cb, STDIN_FILENO, EV_READ);
1331     .Ve
1332 root 1.81 .ie n .IP """ev_TYPE_start"" (loop, ev_TYPE *watcher)" 4
1333     .el .IP "\f(CWev_TYPE_start\fR (loop, ev_TYPE *watcher)" 4
1334     .IX Item "ev_TYPE_start (loop, ev_TYPE *watcher)"
1335 root 1.11 Starts (activates) the given watcher. Only active watchers will receive
1336     events. If the watcher is already active nothing will happen.
1337 root 1.71 .Sp
1338     Example: Start the \f(CW\*(C`ev_io\*(C'\fR watcher that is being abused as example in this
1339     whole section.
1340     .Sp
1341     .Vb 1
1342     \& ev_io_start (EV_DEFAULT_UC, &w);
1343     .Ve
1344 root 1.81 .ie n .IP """ev_TYPE_stop"" (loop, ev_TYPE *watcher)" 4
1345     .el .IP "\f(CWev_TYPE_stop\fR (loop, ev_TYPE *watcher)" 4
1346     .IX Item "ev_TYPE_stop (loop, ev_TYPE *watcher)"
1347 root 1.72 Stops the given watcher if active, and clears the pending status (whether
1348     the watcher was active or not).
1349     .Sp
1350     It is possible that stopped watchers are pending \- for example,
1351     non-repeating timers are being stopped when they become pending \- but
1352     calling \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_stop\*(C'\fR ensures that the watcher is neither active nor
1353     pending. If you want to free or reuse the memory used by the watcher it is
1354     therefore a good idea to always call its \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_stop\*(C'\fR function.
1355 root 1.11 .IP "bool ev_is_active (ev_TYPE *watcher)" 4
1356     .IX Item "bool ev_is_active (ev_TYPE *watcher)"
1357     Returns a true value iff the watcher is active (i.e. it has been started
1358     and not yet been stopped). As long as a watcher is active you must not modify
1359     it.
1360     .IP "bool ev_is_pending (ev_TYPE *watcher)" 4
1361     .IX Item "bool ev_is_pending (ev_TYPE *watcher)"
1362     Returns a true value iff the watcher is pending, (i.e. it has outstanding
1363     events but its callback has not yet been invoked). As long as a watcher
1364     is pending (but not active) you must not call an init function on it (but
1365 root 1.43 \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_set\*(C'\fR is safe), you must not change its priority, and you must
1366     make sure the watcher is available to libev (e.g. you cannot \f(CW\*(C`free ()\*(C'\fR
1367     it).
1368 root 1.29 .IP "callback ev_cb (ev_TYPE *watcher)" 4
1369     .IX Item "callback ev_cb (ev_TYPE *watcher)"
1370 root 1.11 Returns the callback currently set on the watcher.
1371     .IP "ev_cb_set (ev_TYPE *watcher, callback)" 4
1372     .IX Item "ev_cb_set (ev_TYPE *watcher, callback)"
1373     Change the callback. You can change the callback at virtually any time
1374     (modulo threads).
1375 root 1.81 .IP "ev_set_priority (ev_TYPE *watcher, int priority)" 4
1376     .IX Item "ev_set_priority (ev_TYPE *watcher, int priority)"
1377 root 1.37 .PD 0
1378     .IP "int ev_priority (ev_TYPE *watcher)" 4
1379     .IX Item "int ev_priority (ev_TYPE *watcher)"
1380     .PD
1381     Set and query the priority of the watcher. The priority is a small
1382     integer between \f(CW\*(C`EV_MAXPRI\*(C'\fR (default: \f(CW2\fR) and \f(CW\*(C`EV_MINPRI\*(C'\fR
1383     (default: \f(CW\*(C`\-2\*(C'\fR). Pending watchers with higher priority will be invoked
1384     before watchers with lower priority, but priority will not keep watchers
1385     from being executed (except for \f(CW\*(C`ev_idle\*(C'\fR watchers).
1386     .Sp
1387     If you need to suppress invocation when higher priority events are pending
1388     you need to look at \f(CW\*(C`ev_idle\*(C'\fR watchers, which provide this functionality.
1389     .Sp
1390 root 1.43 You \fImust not\fR change the priority of a watcher as long as it is active or
1391     pending.
1392     .Sp
1393 root 1.78 Setting a priority outside the range of \f(CW\*(C`EV_MINPRI\*(C'\fR to \f(CW\*(C`EV_MAXPRI\*(C'\fR is
1394     fine, as long as you do not mind that the priority value you query might
1395     or might not have been clamped to the valid range.
1396     .Sp
1397 root 1.37 The default priority used by watchers when no priority has been set is
1398     always \f(CW0\fR, which is supposed to not be too high and not be too low :).
1399     .Sp
1400 root 1.78 See \*(L"\s-1WATCHER\s0 \s-1PRIORITY\s0 \s-1MODELS\s0\*(R", below, for a more thorough treatment of
1401     priorities.
1402 root 1.43 .IP "ev_invoke (loop, ev_TYPE *watcher, int revents)" 4
1403     .IX Item "ev_invoke (loop, ev_TYPE *watcher, int revents)"
1404     Invoke the \f(CW\*(C`watcher\*(C'\fR with the given \f(CW\*(C`loop\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`revents\*(C'\fR. Neither
1405     \&\f(CW\*(C`loop\*(C'\fR nor \f(CW\*(C`revents\*(C'\fR need to be valid as long as the watcher callback
1406 root 1.71 can deal with that fact, as both are simply passed through to the
1407     callback.
1408 root 1.43 .IP "int ev_clear_pending (loop, ev_TYPE *watcher)" 4
1409     .IX Item "int ev_clear_pending (loop, ev_TYPE *watcher)"
1410 root 1.71 If the watcher is pending, this function clears its pending status and
1411     returns its \f(CW\*(C`revents\*(C'\fR bitset (as if its callback was invoked). If the
1412 root 1.43 watcher isn't pending it does nothing and returns \f(CW0\fR.
1413 root 1.71 .Sp
1414     Sometimes it can be useful to \*(L"poll\*(R" a watcher instead of waiting for its
1415     callback to be invoked, which can be accomplished with this function.
1416 root 1.81 .IP "ev_feed_event (loop, ev_TYPE *watcher, int revents)" 4
1417     .IX Item "ev_feed_event (loop, ev_TYPE *watcher, int revents)"
1418     Feeds the given event set into the event loop, as if the specified event
1419     had happened for the specified watcher (which must be a pointer to an
1420     initialised but not necessarily started event watcher). Obviously you must
1421     not free the watcher as long as it has pending events.
1422     .Sp
1423     Stopping the watcher, letting libev invoke it, or calling
1424     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_clear_pending\*(C'\fR will clear the pending event, even if the watcher was
1425     not started in the first place.
1426     .Sp
1427     See also \f(CW\*(C`ev_feed_fd_event\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`ev_feed_signal_event\*(C'\fR for related
1428     functions that do not need a watcher.
1429 root 1.79 .SS "\s-1ASSOCIATING\s0 \s-1CUSTOM\s0 \s-1DATA\s0 \s-1WITH\s0 A \s-1WATCHER\s0"
1430 root 1.1 .IX Subsection "ASSOCIATING CUSTOM DATA WITH A WATCHER"
1431     Each watcher has, by default, a member \f(CW\*(C`void *data\*(C'\fR that you can change
1432 root 1.71 and read at any time: libev will completely ignore it. This can be used
1433 root 1.1 to associate arbitrary data with your watcher. If you need more data and
1434     don't want to allocate memory and store a pointer to it in that data
1435     member, you can also \*(L"subclass\*(R" the watcher type and provide your own
1436     data:
1437     .PP
1438     .Vb 7
1439 root 1.68 \& struct my_io
1440     \& {
1441 root 1.73 \& ev_io io;
1442 root 1.68 \& int otherfd;
1443     \& void *somedata;
1444     \& struct whatever *mostinteresting;
1445 root 1.71 \& };
1446     \&
1447     \& ...
1448     \& struct my_io w;
1449     \& ev_io_init (&w.io, my_cb, fd, EV_READ);
1450 root 1.1 .Ve
1451     .PP
1452     And since your callback will be called with a pointer to the watcher, you
1453     can cast it back to your own type:
1454     .PP
1455     .Vb 5
1456 root 1.73 \& static void my_cb (struct ev_loop *loop, ev_io *w_, int revents)
1457 root 1.68 \& {
1458     \& struct my_io *w = (struct my_io *)w_;
1459     \& ...
1460     \& }
1461 root 1.1 .Ve
1462     .PP
1463 root 1.29 More interesting and less C\-conformant ways of casting your callback type
1464     instead have been omitted.
1465     .PP
1466 root 1.71 Another common scenario is to use some data structure with multiple
1467     embedded watchers:
1468 root 1.29 .PP
1469     .Vb 6
1470 root 1.68 \& struct my_biggy
1471     \& {
1472     \& int some_data;
1473     \& ev_timer t1;
1474     \& ev_timer t2;
1475     \& }
1476 root 1.29 .Ve
1477     .PP
1478 root 1.71 In this case getting the pointer to \f(CW\*(C`my_biggy\*(C'\fR is a bit more
1479     complicated: Either you store the address of your \f(CW\*(C`my_biggy\*(C'\fR struct
1480     in the \f(CW\*(C`data\*(C'\fR member of the watcher (for woozies), or you need to use
1481     some pointer arithmetic using \f(CW\*(C`offsetof\*(C'\fR inside your watchers (for real
1482     programmers):
1483 root 1.29 .PP
1484     .Vb 1
1485 root 1.68 \& #include <stddef.h>
1486 root 1.60 \&
1487 root 1.68 \& static void
1488 root 1.73 \& t1_cb (EV_P_ ev_timer *w, int revents)
1489 root 1.68 \& {
1490 root 1.79 \& struct my_biggy big = (struct my_biggy *)
1491 root 1.68 \& (((char *)w) \- offsetof (struct my_biggy, t1));
1492     \& }
1493     \&
1494     \& static void
1495 root 1.73 \& t2_cb (EV_P_ ev_timer *w, int revents)
1496 root 1.68 \& {
1497 root 1.79 \& struct my_biggy big = (struct my_biggy *)
1498 root 1.68 \& (((char *)w) \- offsetof (struct my_biggy, t2));
1499     \& }
1500 root 1.29 .Ve
1501 root 1.82 .SS "\s-1WATCHER\s0 \s-1STATES\s0"
1502     .IX Subsection "WATCHER STATES"
1503     There are various watcher states mentioned throughout this manual \-
1504     active, pending and so on. In this section these states and the rules to
1505     transition between them will be described in more detail \- and while these
1506     rules might look complicated, they usually do \*(L"the right thing\*(R".
1507     .IP "initialiased" 4
1508     .IX Item "initialiased"
1509     Before a watcher can be registered with the event looop it has to be
1510     initialised. This can be done with a call to \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_init\*(C'\fR, or calls to
1511     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_init\*(C'\fR followed by the watcher-specific \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_set\*(C'\fR function.
1512     .Sp
1513     In this state it is simply some block of memory that is suitable for use
1514     in an event loop. It can be moved around, freed, reused etc. at will.
1515     .IP "started/running/active" 4
1516     .IX Item "started/running/active"
1517     Once a watcher has been started with a call to \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_start\*(C'\fR it becomes
1518     property of the event loop, and is actively waiting for events. While in
1519     this state it cannot be accessed (except in a few documented ways), moved,
1520     freed or anything else \- the only legal thing is to keep a pointer to it,
1521     and call libev functions on it that are documented to work on active watchers.
1522     .IP "pending" 4
1523     .IX Item "pending"
1524     If a watcher is active and libev determines that an event it is interested
1525     in has occurred (such as a timer expiring), it will become pending. It will
1526     stay in this pending state until either it is stopped or its callback is
1527     about to be invoked, so it is not normally pending inside the watcher
1528     callback.
1529     .Sp
1530     The watcher might or might not be active while it is pending (for example,
1531     an expired non-repeating timer can be pending but no longer active). If it
1532     is stopped, it can be freely accessed (e.g. by calling \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_set\*(C'\fR),
1533     but it is still property of the event loop at this time, so cannot be
1534     moved, freed or reused. And if it is active the rules described in the
1535     previous item still apply.
1536     .Sp
1537     It is also possible to feed an event on a watcher that is not active (e.g.
1538     via \f(CW\*(C`ev_feed_event\*(C'\fR), in which case it becomes pending without being
1539     active.
1540     .IP "stopped" 4
1541     .IX Item "stopped"
1542     A watcher can be stopped implicitly by libev (in which case it might still
1543     be pending), or explicitly by calling its \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_stop\*(C'\fR function. The
1544     latter will clear any pending state the watcher might be in, regardless
1545     of whether it was active or not, so stopping a watcher explicitly before
1546     freeing it is often a good idea.
1547     .Sp
1548     While stopped (and not pending) the watcher is essentially in the
1549     initialised state, that is it can be reused, moved, modified in any way
1550     you wish.
1551 root 1.79 .SS "\s-1WATCHER\s0 \s-1PRIORITY\s0 \s-1MODELS\s0"
1552 root 1.78 .IX Subsection "WATCHER PRIORITY MODELS"
1553     Many event loops support \fIwatcher priorities\fR, which are usually small
1554     integers that influence the ordering of event callback invocation
1555     between watchers in some way, all else being equal.
1556     .PP
1557     In libev, Watcher priorities can be set using \f(CW\*(C`ev_set_priority\*(C'\fR. See its
1558     description for the more technical details such as the actual priority
1559     range.
1560     .PP
1561     There are two common ways how these these priorities are being interpreted
1562     by event loops:
1563     .PP
1564     In the more common lock-out model, higher priorities \*(L"lock out\*(R" invocation
1565     of lower priority watchers, which means as long as higher priority
1566     watchers receive events, lower priority watchers are not being invoked.
1567     .PP
1568     The less common only-for-ordering model uses priorities solely to order
1569     callback invocation within a single event loop iteration: Higher priority
1570     watchers are invoked before lower priority ones, but they all get invoked
1571     before polling for new events.
1572     .PP
1573     Libev uses the second (only-for-ordering) model for all its watchers
1574     except for idle watchers (which use the lock-out model).
1575     .PP
1576     The rationale behind this is that implementing the lock-out model for
1577     watchers is not well supported by most kernel interfaces, and most event
1578     libraries will just poll for the same events again and again as long as
1579     their callbacks have not been executed, which is very inefficient in the
1580     common case of one high-priority watcher locking out a mass of lower
1581     priority ones.
1582     .PP
1583     Static (ordering) priorities are most useful when you have two or more
1584     watchers handling the same resource: a typical usage example is having an
1585     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_io\*(C'\fR watcher to receive data, and an associated \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR to handle
1586     timeouts. Under load, data might be received while the program handles
1587     other jobs, but since timers normally get invoked first, the timeout
1588     handler will be executed before checking for data. In that case, giving
1589     the timer a lower priority than the I/O watcher ensures that I/O will be
1590     handled first even under adverse conditions (which is usually, but not
1591     always, what you want).
1592     .PP
1593     Since idle watchers use the \*(L"lock-out\*(R" model, meaning that idle watchers
1594     will only be executed when no same or higher priority watchers have
1595     received events, they can be used to implement the \*(L"lock-out\*(R" model when
1596     required.
1597     .PP
1598     For example, to emulate how many other event libraries handle priorities,
1599     you can associate an \f(CW\*(C`ev_idle\*(C'\fR watcher to each such watcher, and in
1600     the normal watcher callback, you just start the idle watcher. The real
1601     processing is done in the idle watcher callback. This causes libev to
1602 root 1.82 continuously poll and process kernel event data for the watcher, but when
1603 root 1.78 the lock-out case is known to be rare (which in turn is rare :), this is
1604     workable.
1605     .PP
1606     Usually, however, the lock-out model implemented that way will perform
1607     miserably under the type of load it was designed to handle. In that case,
1608     it might be preferable to stop the real watcher before starting the
1609     idle watcher, so the kernel will not have to process the event in case
1610     the actual processing will be delayed for considerable time.
1611     .PP
1612     Here is an example of an I/O watcher that should run at a strictly lower
1613     priority than the default, and which should only process data when no
1614     other events are pending:
1615     .PP
1616     .Vb 2
1617     \& ev_idle idle; // actual processing watcher
1618     \& ev_io io; // actual event watcher
1619     \&
1620     \& static void
1621     \& io_cb (EV_P_ ev_io *w, int revents)
1622     \& {
1623     \& // stop the I/O watcher, we received the event, but
1624     \& // are not yet ready to handle it.
1625     \& ev_io_stop (EV_A_ w);
1626     \&
1627 root 1.82 \& // start the idle watcher to handle the actual event.
1628 root 1.78 \& // it will not be executed as long as other watchers
1629     \& // with the default priority are receiving events.
1630     \& ev_idle_start (EV_A_ &idle);
1631     \& }
1632     \&
1633     \& static void
1634 root 1.79 \& idle_cb (EV_P_ ev_idle *w, int revents)
1635 root 1.78 \& {
1636     \& // actual processing
1637     \& read (STDIN_FILENO, ...);
1638     \&
1639     \& // have to start the I/O watcher again, as
1640     \& // we have handled the event
1641     \& ev_io_start (EV_P_ &io);
1642     \& }
1643     \&
1644     \& // initialisation
1645     \& ev_idle_init (&idle, idle_cb);
1646     \& ev_io_init (&io, io_cb, STDIN_FILENO, EV_READ);
1647     \& ev_io_start (EV_DEFAULT_ &io);
1648     .Ve
1649     .PP
1650     In the \*(L"real\*(R" world, it might also be beneficial to start a timer, so that
1651     low-priority connections can not be locked out forever under load. This
1652     enables your program to keep a lower latency for important connections
1653     during short periods of high load, while not completely locking out less
1654     important ones.
1655 root 1.1 .SH "WATCHER TYPES"
1656     .IX Header "WATCHER TYPES"
1657     This section describes each watcher in detail, but will not repeat
1658 root 1.22 information given in the last section. Any initialisation/set macros,
1659     functions and members specific to the watcher type are explained.
1660     .PP
1661     Members are additionally marked with either \fI[read\-only]\fR, meaning that,
1662     while the watcher is active, you can look at the member and expect some
1663     sensible content, but you must not modify it (you can modify it while the
1664     watcher is stopped to your hearts content), or \fI[read\-write]\fR, which
1665     means you can expect it to have some sensible content while the watcher
1666     is active, but you can also modify it. Modifying it may not do something
1667     sensible or take immediate effect (or do anything at all), but libev will
1668     not crash or malfunction in any way.
1669 root 1.79 .ie n .SS """ev_io"" \- is this file descriptor readable or writable?"
1670     .el .SS "\f(CWev_io\fP \- is this file descriptor readable or writable?"
1671 root 1.17 .IX Subsection "ev_io - is this file descriptor readable or writable?"
1672 root 1.1 I/O watchers check whether a file descriptor is readable or writable
1673 root 1.17 in each iteration of the event loop, or, more precisely, when reading
1674     would not block the process and writing would at least be able to write
1675     some data. This behaviour is called level-triggering because you keep
1676     receiving events as long as the condition persists. Remember you can stop
1677     the watcher if you don't want to act on the event and neither want to
1678     receive future events.
1679 root 1.1 .PP
1680     In general you can register as many read and/or write event watchers per
1681     fd as you want (as long as you don't confuse yourself). Setting all file
1682     descriptors to non-blocking mode is also usually a good idea (but not
1683     required if you know what you are doing).
1684     .PP
1685 root 1.71 If you cannot use non-blocking mode, then force the use of a
1686     known-to-be-good backend (at the time of this writing, this includes only
1687 root 1.78 \&\f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_SELECT\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_POLL\*(C'\fR). The same applies to file
1688     descriptors for which non-blocking operation makes no sense (such as
1689 root 1.82 files) \- libev doesn't guarantee any specific behaviour in that case.
1690 root 1.17 .PP
1691     Another thing you have to watch out for is that it is quite easy to
1692 root 1.67 receive \*(L"spurious\*(R" readiness notifications, that is your callback might
1693 root 1.17 be called with \f(CW\*(C`EV_READ\*(C'\fR but a subsequent \f(CW\*(C`read\*(C'\fR(2) will actually block
1694     because there is no data. Not only are some backends known to create a
1695 root 1.68 lot of those (for example Solaris ports), it is very easy to get into
1696 root 1.17 this situation even with a relatively standard program structure. Thus
1697     it is best to always use non-blocking I/O: An extra \f(CW\*(C`read\*(C'\fR(2) returning
1698     \&\f(CW\*(C`EAGAIN\*(C'\fR is far preferable to a program hanging until some data arrives.
1699     .PP
1700 root 1.71 If you cannot run the fd in non-blocking mode (for example you should
1701     not play around with an Xlib connection), then you have to separately
1702     re-test whether a file descriptor is really ready with a known-to-be good
1703     interface such as poll (fortunately in our Xlib example, Xlib already
1704     does this on its own, so its quite safe to use). Some people additionally
1705     use \f(CW\*(C`SIGALRM\*(C'\fR and an interval timer, just to be sure you won't block
1706     indefinitely.
1707     .PP
1708     But really, best use non-blocking mode.
1709 root 1.49 .PP
1710     \fIThe special problem of disappearing file descriptors\fR
1711     .IX Subsection "The special problem of disappearing file descriptors"
1712     .PP
1713 root 1.54 Some backends (e.g. kqueue, epoll) need to be told about closing a file
1714 root 1.71 descriptor (either due to calling \f(CW\*(C`close\*(C'\fR explicitly or any other means,
1715     such as \f(CW\*(C`dup2\*(C'\fR). The reason is that you register interest in some file
1716 root 1.49 descriptor, but when it goes away, the operating system will silently drop
1717     this interest. If another file descriptor with the same number then is
1718     registered with libev, there is no efficient way to see that this is, in
1719     fact, a different file descriptor.
1720     .PP
1721     To avoid having to explicitly tell libev about such cases, libev follows
1722     the following policy: Each time \f(CW\*(C`ev_io_set\*(C'\fR is being called, libev
1723     will assume that this is potentially a new file descriptor, otherwise
1724     it is assumed that the file descriptor stays the same. That means that
1725     you \fIhave\fR to call \f(CW\*(C`ev_io_set\*(C'\fR (or \f(CW\*(C`ev_io_init\*(C'\fR) when you change the
1726     descriptor even if the file descriptor number itself did not change.
1727     .PP
1728     This is how one would do it normally anyway, the important point is that
1729     the libev application should not optimise around libev but should leave
1730     optimisations to libev.
1731 root 1.50 .PP
1732 root 1.55 \fIThe special problem of dup'ed file descriptors\fR
1733     .IX Subsection "The special problem of dup'ed file descriptors"
1734 root 1.54 .PP
1735     Some backends (e.g. epoll), cannot register events for file descriptors,
1736 root 1.59 but only events for the underlying file descriptions. That means when you
1737     have \f(CW\*(C`dup ()\*(C'\fR'ed file descriptors or weirder constellations, and register
1738     events for them, only one file descriptor might actually receive events.
1739 root 1.54 .PP
1740 root 1.59 There is no workaround possible except not registering events
1741     for potentially \f(CW\*(C`dup ()\*(C'\fR'ed file descriptors, or to resort to
1742 root 1.54 \&\f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_SELECT\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_POLL\*(C'\fR.
1743     .PP
1744     \fIThe special problem of fork\fR
1745     .IX Subsection "The special problem of fork"
1746     .PP
1747     Some backends (epoll, kqueue) do not support \f(CW\*(C`fork ()\*(C'\fR at all or exhibit
1748     useless behaviour. Libev fully supports fork, but needs to be told about
1749     it in the child.
1750     .PP
1751     To support fork in your programs, you either have to call
1752     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_default_fork ()\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_fork ()\*(C'\fR after a fork in the child,
1753     enable \f(CW\*(C`EVFLAG_FORKCHECK\*(C'\fR, or resort to \f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_SELECT\*(C'\fR or
1754     \&\f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_POLL\*(C'\fR.
1755     .PP
1756 root 1.63 \fIThe special problem of \s-1SIGPIPE\s0\fR
1757     .IX Subsection "The special problem of SIGPIPE"
1758     .PP
1759 root 1.71 While not really specific to libev, it is easy to forget about \f(CW\*(C`SIGPIPE\*(C'\fR:
1760     when writing to a pipe whose other end has been closed, your program gets
1761     sent a \s-1SIGPIPE\s0, which, by default, aborts your program. For most programs
1762     this is sensible behaviour, for daemons, this is usually undesirable.
1763 root 1.63 .PP
1764     So when you encounter spurious, unexplained daemon exits, make sure you
1765     ignore \s-1SIGPIPE\s0 (and maybe make sure you log the exit status of your daemon
1766     somewhere, as that would have given you a big clue).
1767     .PP
1768 root 1.82 \fIThe special problem of \fIaccept()\fIing when you can't\fR
1769     .IX Subsection "The special problem of accept()ing when you can't"
1770     .PP
1771     Many implementations of the \s-1POSIX\s0 \f(CW\*(C`accept\*(C'\fR function (for example,
1772     found in post\-2004 Linux) have the peculiar behaviour of not removing a
1773     connection from the pending queue in all error cases.
1774     .PP
1775     For example, larger servers often run out of file descriptors (because
1776     of resource limits), causing \f(CW\*(C`accept\*(C'\fR to fail with \f(CW\*(C`ENFILE\*(C'\fR but not
1777     rejecting the connection, leading to libev signalling readiness on
1778     the next iteration again (the connection still exists after all), and
1779     typically causing the program to loop at 100% \s-1CPU\s0 usage.
1780     .PP
1781     Unfortunately, the set of errors that cause this issue differs between
1782     operating systems, there is usually little the app can do to remedy the
1783     situation, and no known thread-safe method of removing the connection to
1784     cope with overload is known (to me).
1785     .PP
1786     One of the easiest ways to handle this situation is to just ignore it
1787     \&\- when the program encounters an overload, it will just loop until the
1788     situation is over. While this is a form of busy waiting, no \s-1OS\s0 offers an
1789     event-based way to handle this situation, so it's the best one can do.
1790     .PP
1791     A better way to handle the situation is to log any errors other than
1792     \&\f(CW\*(C`EAGAIN\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`EWOULDBLOCK\*(C'\fR, making sure not to flood the log with such
1793     messages, and continue as usual, which at least gives the user an idea of
1794     what could be wrong (\*(L"raise the ulimit!\*(R"). For extra points one could stop
1795     the \f(CW\*(C`ev_io\*(C'\fR watcher on the listening fd \*(L"for a while\*(R", which reduces \s-1CPU\s0
1796     usage.
1797     .PP
1798     If your program is single-threaded, then you could also keep a dummy file
1799     descriptor for overload situations (e.g. by opening \fI/dev/null\fR), and
1800     when you run into \f(CW\*(C`ENFILE\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`EMFILE\*(C'\fR, close it, run \f(CW\*(C`accept\*(C'\fR,
1801     close that fd, and create a new dummy fd. This will gracefully refuse
1802     clients under typical overload conditions.
1803     .PP
1804     The last way to handle it is to simply log the error and \f(CW\*(C`exit\*(C'\fR, as
1805     is often done with \f(CW\*(C`malloc\*(C'\fR failures, but this results in an easy
1806     opportunity for a DoS attack.
1807     .PP
1808 root 1.50 \fIWatcher-Specific Functions\fR
1809     .IX Subsection "Watcher-Specific Functions"
1810 root 1.1 .IP "ev_io_init (ev_io *, callback, int fd, int events)" 4
1811     .IX Item "ev_io_init (ev_io *, callback, int fd, int events)"
1812     .PD 0
1813     .IP "ev_io_set (ev_io *, int fd, int events)" 4
1814     .IX Item "ev_io_set (ev_io *, int fd, int events)"
1815     .PD
1816 root 1.17 Configures an \f(CW\*(C`ev_io\*(C'\fR watcher. The \f(CW\*(C`fd\*(C'\fR is the file descriptor to
1817 root 1.71 receive events for and \f(CW\*(C`events\*(C'\fR is either \f(CW\*(C`EV_READ\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`EV_WRITE\*(C'\fR or
1818     \&\f(CW\*(C`EV_READ | EV_WRITE\*(C'\fR, to express the desire to receive the given events.
1819 root 1.22 .IP "int fd [read\-only]" 4
1820     .IX Item "int fd [read-only]"
1821     The file descriptor being watched.
1822     .IP "int events [read\-only]" 4
1823     .IX Item "int events [read-only]"
1824     The events being watched.
1825 root 1.9 .PP
1826 root 1.60 \fIExamples\fR
1827     .IX Subsection "Examples"
1828     .PP
1829 root 1.28 Example: Call \f(CW\*(C`stdin_readable_cb\*(C'\fR when \s-1STDIN_FILENO\s0 has become, well
1830 root 1.60 readable, but only once. Since it is likely line-buffered, you could
1831 root 1.28 attempt to read a whole line in the callback.
1832 root 1.9 .PP
1833     .Vb 6
1834 root 1.68 \& static void
1835 root 1.73 \& stdin_readable_cb (struct ev_loop *loop, ev_io *w, int revents)
1836 root 1.68 \& {
1837     \& ev_io_stop (loop, w);
1838 root 1.71 \& .. read from stdin here (or from w\->fd) and handle any I/O errors
1839 root 1.68 \& }
1840     \&
1841     \& ...
1842     \& struct ev_loop *loop = ev_default_init (0);
1843 root 1.73 \& ev_io stdin_readable;
1844 root 1.68 \& ev_io_init (&stdin_readable, stdin_readable_cb, STDIN_FILENO, EV_READ);
1845     \& ev_io_start (loop, &stdin_readable);
1846 root 1.82 \& ev_run (loop, 0);
1847 root 1.9 .Ve
1848 root 1.79 .ie n .SS """ev_timer"" \- relative and optionally repeating timeouts"
1849     .el .SS "\f(CWev_timer\fP \- relative and optionally repeating timeouts"
1850 root 1.17 .IX Subsection "ev_timer - relative and optionally repeating timeouts"
1851 root 1.1 Timer watchers are simple relative timers that generate an event after a
1852     given time, and optionally repeating in regular intervals after that.
1853     .PP
1854     The timers are based on real time, that is, if you register an event that
1855 root 1.68 times out after an hour and you reset your system clock to January last
1856 root 1.71 year, it will still time out after (roughly) one hour. \*(L"Roughly\*(R" because
1857 root 1.2 detecting time jumps is hard, and some inaccuracies are unavoidable (the
1858 root 1.1 monotonic clock option helps a lot here).
1859     .PP
1860 root 1.71 The callback is guaranteed to be invoked only \fIafter\fR its timeout has
1861 root 1.78 passed (not \fIat\fR, so on systems with very low-resolution clocks this
1862     might introduce a small delay). If multiple timers become ready during the
1863     same loop iteration then the ones with earlier time-out values are invoked
1864 root 1.79 before ones of the same priority with later time-out values (but this is
1865 root 1.82 no longer true when a callback calls \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR recursively).
1866 root 1.71 .PP
1867 root 1.73 \fIBe smart about timeouts\fR
1868     .IX Subsection "Be smart about timeouts"
1869     .PP
1870     Many real-world problems involve some kind of timeout, usually for error
1871     recovery. A typical example is an \s-1HTTP\s0 request \- if the other side hangs,
1872     you want to raise some error after a while.
1873     .PP
1874     What follows are some ways to handle this problem, from obvious and
1875     inefficient to smart and efficient.
1876     .PP
1877     In the following, a 60 second activity timeout is assumed \- a timeout that
1878     gets reset to 60 seconds each time there is activity (e.g. each time some
1879     data or other life sign was received).
1880     .IP "1. Use a timer and stop, reinitialise and start it on activity." 4
1881     .IX Item "1. Use a timer and stop, reinitialise and start it on activity."
1882     This is the most obvious, but not the most simple way: In the beginning,
1883     start the watcher:
1884     .Sp
1885     .Vb 2
1886     \& ev_timer_init (timer, callback, 60., 0.);
1887     \& ev_timer_start (loop, timer);
1888     .Ve
1889     .Sp
1890     Then, each time there is some activity, \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer_stop\*(C'\fR it, initialise it
1891     and start it again:
1892     .Sp
1893     .Vb 3
1894     \& ev_timer_stop (loop, timer);
1895     \& ev_timer_set (timer, 60., 0.);
1896     \& ev_timer_start (loop, timer);
1897     .Ve
1898     .Sp
1899     This is relatively simple to implement, but means that each time there is
1900     some activity, libev will first have to remove the timer from its internal
1901     data structure and then add it again. Libev tries to be fast, but it's
1902     still not a constant-time operation.
1903     .ie n .IP "2. Use a timer and re-start it with ""ev_timer_again"" inactivity." 4
1904     .el .IP "2. Use a timer and re-start it with \f(CWev_timer_again\fR inactivity." 4
1905     .IX Item "2. Use a timer and re-start it with ev_timer_again inactivity."
1906     This is the easiest way, and involves using \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer_again\*(C'\fR instead of
1907     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_timer_start\*(C'\fR.
1908     .Sp
1909     To implement this, configure an \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR with a \f(CW\*(C`repeat\*(C'\fR value
1910     of \f(CW60\fR and then call \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer_again\*(C'\fR at start and each time you
1911     successfully read or write some data. If you go into an idle state where
1912     you do not expect data to travel on the socket, you can \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer_stop\*(C'\fR
1913     the timer, and \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer_again\*(C'\fR will automatically restart it if need be.
1914     .Sp
1915     That means you can ignore both the \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer_start\*(C'\fR function and the
1916     \&\f(CW\*(C`after\*(C'\fR argument to \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer_set\*(C'\fR, and only ever use the \f(CW\*(C`repeat\*(C'\fR
1917     member and \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer_again\*(C'\fR.
1918     .Sp
1919     At start:
1920     .Sp
1921     .Vb 3
1922 root 1.79 \& ev_init (timer, callback);
1923 root 1.73 \& timer\->repeat = 60.;
1924     \& ev_timer_again (loop, timer);
1925     .Ve
1926     .Sp
1927     Each time there is some activity:
1928     .Sp
1929     .Vb 1
1930     \& ev_timer_again (loop, timer);
1931     .Ve
1932     .Sp
1933     It is even possible to change the time-out on the fly, regardless of
1934     whether the watcher is active or not:
1935     .Sp
1936     .Vb 2
1937     \& timer\->repeat = 30.;
1938     \& ev_timer_again (loop, timer);
1939     .Ve
1940     .Sp
1941     This is slightly more efficient then stopping/starting the timer each time
1942     you want to modify its timeout value, as libev does not have to completely
1943     remove and re-insert the timer from/into its internal data structure.
1944     .Sp
1945     It is, however, even simpler than the \*(L"obvious\*(R" way to do it.
1946     .IP "3. Let the timer time out, but then re-arm it as required." 4
1947     .IX Item "3. Let the timer time out, but then re-arm it as required."
1948     This method is more tricky, but usually most efficient: Most timeouts are
1949     relatively long compared to the intervals between other activity \- in
1950     our example, within 60 seconds, there are usually many I/O events with
1951     associated activity resets.
1952     .Sp
1953     In this case, it would be more efficient to leave the \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR alone,
1954     but remember the time of last activity, and check for a real timeout only
1955     within the callback:
1956     .Sp
1957     .Vb 1
1958     \& ev_tstamp last_activity; // time of last activity
1959     \&
1960     \& static void
1961     \& callback (EV_P_ ev_timer *w, int revents)
1962     \& {
1963     \& ev_tstamp now = ev_now (EV_A);
1964     \& ev_tstamp timeout = last_activity + 60.;
1965     \&
1966     \& // if last_activity + 60. is older than now, we did time out
1967     \& if (timeout < now)
1968     \& {
1969 root 1.82 \& // timeout occurred, take action
1970 root 1.73 \& }
1971     \& else
1972     \& {
1973     \& // callback was invoked, but there was some activity, re\-arm
1974     \& // the watcher to fire in last_activity + 60, which is
1975     \& // guaranteed to be in the future, so "again" is positive:
1976 root 1.74 \& w\->repeat = timeout \- now;
1977 root 1.73 \& ev_timer_again (EV_A_ w);
1978     \& }
1979     \& }
1980     .Ve
1981     .Sp
1982     To summarise the callback: first calculate the real timeout (defined
1983     as \*(L"60 seconds after the last activity\*(R"), then check if that time has
1984     been reached, which means something \fIdid\fR, in fact, time out. Otherwise
1985     the callback was invoked too early (\f(CW\*(C`timeout\*(C'\fR is in the future), so
1986     re-schedule the timer to fire at that future time, to see if maybe we have
1987     a timeout then.
1988     .Sp
1989     Note how \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer_again\*(C'\fR is used, taking advantage of the
1990     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_timer_again\*(C'\fR optimisation when the timer is already running.
1991     .Sp
1992     This scheme causes more callback invocations (about one every 60 seconds
1993     minus half the average time between activity), but virtually no calls to
1994     libev to change the timeout.
1995     .Sp
1996     To start the timer, simply initialise the watcher and set \f(CW\*(C`last_activity\*(C'\fR
1997     to the current time (meaning we just have some activity :), then call the
1998     callback, which will \*(L"do the right thing\*(R" and start the timer:
1999     .Sp
2000     .Vb 3
2001 root 1.79 \& ev_init (timer, callback);
2002 root 1.73 \& last_activity = ev_now (loop);
2003 root 1.82 \& callback (loop, timer, EV_TIMER);
2004 root 1.73 .Ve
2005     .Sp
2006     And when there is some activity, simply store the current time in
2007     \&\f(CW\*(C`last_activity\*(C'\fR, no libev calls at all:
2008     .Sp
2009     .Vb 1
2010 root 1.82 \& last_activity = ev_now (loop);
2011 root 1.73 .Ve
2012     .Sp
2013     This technique is slightly more complex, but in most cases where the
2014     time-out is unlikely to be triggered, much more efficient.
2015     .Sp
2016     Changing the timeout is trivial as well (if it isn't hard-coded in the
2017     callback :) \- just change the timeout and invoke the callback, which will
2018     fix things for you.
2019     .IP "4. Wee, just use a double-linked list for your timeouts." 4
2020     .IX Item "4. Wee, just use a double-linked list for your timeouts."
2021     If there is not one request, but many thousands (millions...), all
2022     employing some kind of timeout with the same timeout value, then one can
2023     do even better:
2024     .Sp
2025     When starting the timeout, calculate the timeout value and put the timeout
2026     at the \fIend\fR of the list.
2027     .Sp
2028     Then use an \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR to fire when the timeout at the \fIbeginning\fR of
2029     the list is expected to fire (for example, using the technique #3).
2030     .Sp
2031     When there is some activity, remove the timer from the list, recalculate
2032     the timeout, append it to the end of the list again, and make sure to
2033     update the \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR if it was taken from the beginning of the list.
2034     .Sp
2035     This way, one can manage an unlimited number of timeouts in O(1) time for
2036     starting, stopping and updating the timers, at the expense of a major
2037     complication, and having to use a constant timeout. The constant timeout
2038     ensures that the list stays sorted.
2039     .PP
2040     So which method the best?
2041     .PP
2042     Method #2 is a simple no-brain-required solution that is adequate in most
2043     situations. Method #3 requires a bit more thinking, but handles many cases
2044     better, and isn't very complicated either. In most case, choosing either
2045     one is fine, with #3 being better in typical situations.
2046     .PP
2047     Method #1 is almost always a bad idea, and buys you nothing. Method #4 is
2048     rather complicated, but extremely efficient, something that really pays
2049     off after the first million or so of active timers, i.e. it's usually
2050     overkill :)
2051     .PP
2052 root 1.71 \fIThe special problem of time updates\fR
2053     .IX Subsection "The special problem of time updates"
2054     .PP
2055     Establishing the current time is a costly operation (it usually takes at
2056     least two system calls): \s-1EV\s0 therefore updates its idea of the current
2057 root 1.82 time only before and after \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR collects new events, which causes a
2058 root 1.71 growing difference between \f(CW\*(C`ev_now ()\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`ev_time ()\*(C'\fR when handling
2059     lots of events in one iteration.
2060     .PP
2061 root 1.1 The relative timeouts are calculated relative to the \f(CW\*(C`ev_now ()\*(C'\fR
2062     time. This is usually the right thing as this timestamp refers to the time
2063 root 1.2 of the event triggering whatever timeout you are modifying/starting. If
2064 root 1.71 you suspect event processing to be delayed and you \fIneed\fR to base the
2065     timeout on the current time, use something like this to adjust for this:
2066 root 1.1 .PP
2067     .Vb 1
2068 root 1.60 \& ev_timer_set (&timer, after + ev_now () \- ev_time (), 0.);
2069 root 1.1 .Ve
2070 root 1.2 .PP
2071 root 1.71 If the event loop is suspended for a long time, you can also force an
2072     update of the time returned by \f(CW\*(C`ev_now ()\*(C'\fR by calling \f(CW\*(C`ev_now_update
2073     ()\*(C'\fR.
2074 root 1.50 .PP
2075 root 1.79 \fIThe special problems of suspended animation\fR
2076     .IX Subsection "The special problems of suspended animation"
2077     .PP
2078     When you leave the server world it is quite customary to hit machines that
2079     can suspend/hibernate \- what happens to the clocks during such a suspend?
2080     .PP
2081     Some quick tests made with a Linux 2.6.28 indicate that a suspend freezes
2082     all processes, while the clocks (\f(CW\*(C`times\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`CLOCK_MONOTONIC\*(C'\fR) continue
2083     to run until the system is suspended, but they will not advance while the
2084     system is suspended. That means, on resume, it will be as if the program
2085     was frozen for a few seconds, but the suspend time will not be counted
2086     towards \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR when a monotonic clock source is used. The real time
2087     clock advanced as expected, but if it is used as sole clocksource, then a
2088     long suspend would be detected as a time jump by libev, and timers would
2089     be adjusted accordingly.
2090     .PP
2091     I would not be surprised to see different behaviour in different between
2092     operating systems, \s-1OS\s0 versions or even different hardware.
2093     .PP
2094     The other form of suspend (job control, or sending a \s-1SIGSTOP\s0) will see a
2095     time jump in the monotonic clocks and the realtime clock. If the program
2096     is suspended for a very long time, and monotonic clock sources are in use,
2097     then you can expect \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fRs to expire as the full suspension time
2098     will be counted towards the timers. When no monotonic clock source is in
2099     use, then libev will again assume a timejump and adjust accordingly.
2100     .PP
2101     It might be beneficial for this latter case to call \f(CW\*(C`ev_suspend\*(C'\fR
2102     and \f(CW\*(C`ev_resume\*(C'\fR in code that handles \f(CW\*(C`SIGTSTP\*(C'\fR, to at least get
2103     deterministic behaviour in this case (you can do nothing against
2104     \&\f(CW\*(C`SIGSTOP\*(C'\fR).
2105     .PP
2106 root 1.50 \fIWatcher-Specific Functions and Data Members\fR
2107     .IX Subsection "Watcher-Specific Functions and Data Members"
2108 root 1.1 .IP "ev_timer_init (ev_timer *, callback, ev_tstamp after, ev_tstamp repeat)" 4
2109     .IX Item "ev_timer_init (ev_timer *, callback, ev_tstamp after, ev_tstamp repeat)"
2110     .PD 0
2111     .IP "ev_timer_set (ev_timer *, ev_tstamp after, ev_tstamp repeat)" 4
2112     .IX Item "ev_timer_set (ev_timer *, ev_tstamp after, ev_tstamp repeat)"
2113     .PD
2114 root 1.67 Configure the timer to trigger after \f(CW\*(C`after\*(C'\fR seconds. If \f(CW\*(C`repeat\*(C'\fR
2115     is \f(CW0.\fR, then it will automatically be stopped once the timeout is
2116     reached. If it is positive, then the timer will automatically be
2117     configured to trigger again \f(CW\*(C`repeat\*(C'\fR seconds later, again, and again,
2118     until stopped manually.
2119     .Sp
2120     The timer itself will do a best-effort at avoiding drift, that is, if
2121     you configure a timer to trigger every 10 seconds, then it will normally
2122     trigger at exactly 10 second intervals. If, however, your program cannot
2123     keep up with the timer (because it takes longer than those 10 seconds to
2124     do stuff) the timer will not fire more than once per event loop iteration.
2125 root 1.61 .IP "ev_timer_again (loop, ev_timer *)" 4
2126     .IX Item "ev_timer_again (loop, ev_timer *)"
2127 root 1.1 This will act as if the timer timed out and restart it again if it is
2128     repeating. The exact semantics are:
2129     .Sp
2130 root 1.34 If the timer is pending, its pending status is cleared.
2131 root 1.1 .Sp
2132 root 1.68 If the timer is started but non-repeating, stop it (as if it timed out).
2133 root 1.34 .Sp
2134     If the timer is repeating, either start it if necessary (with the
2135     \&\f(CW\*(C`repeat\*(C'\fR value), or reset the running timer to the \f(CW\*(C`repeat\*(C'\fR value.
2136 root 1.1 .Sp
2137 root 1.73 This sounds a bit complicated, see \*(L"Be smart about timeouts\*(R", above, for a
2138     usage example.
2139 root 1.81 .IP "ev_tstamp ev_timer_remaining (loop, ev_timer *)" 4
2140     .IX Item "ev_tstamp ev_timer_remaining (loop, ev_timer *)"
2141 root 1.79 Returns the remaining time until a timer fires. If the timer is active,
2142     then this time is relative to the current event loop time, otherwise it's
2143     the timeout value currently configured.
2144     .Sp
2145     That is, after an \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer_set (w, 5, 7)\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer_remaining\*(C'\fR returns
2146 root 1.82 \&\f(CW5\fR. When the timer is started and one second passes, \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer_remaining\*(C'\fR
2147 root 1.79 will return \f(CW4\fR. When the timer expires and is restarted, it will return
2148     roughly \f(CW7\fR (likely slightly less as callback invocation takes some time,
2149     too), and so on.
2150 root 1.22 .IP "ev_tstamp repeat [read\-write]" 4
2151     .IX Item "ev_tstamp repeat [read-write]"
2152     The current \f(CW\*(C`repeat\*(C'\fR value. Will be used each time the watcher times out
2153 root 1.71 or \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer_again\*(C'\fR is called, and determines the next timeout (if any),
2154 root 1.22 which is also when any modifications are taken into account.
2155 root 1.9 .PP
2156 root 1.60 \fIExamples\fR
2157     .IX Subsection "Examples"
2158     .PP
2159 root 1.28 Example: Create a timer that fires after 60 seconds.
2160 root 1.9 .PP
2161     .Vb 5
2162 root 1.68 \& static void
2163 root 1.73 \& one_minute_cb (struct ev_loop *loop, ev_timer *w, int revents)
2164 root 1.68 \& {
2165     \& .. one minute over, w is actually stopped right here
2166     \& }
2167     \&
2168 root 1.73 \& ev_timer mytimer;
2169 root 1.68 \& ev_timer_init (&mytimer, one_minute_cb, 60., 0.);
2170     \& ev_timer_start (loop, &mytimer);
2171 root 1.9 .Ve
2172     .PP
2173 root 1.28 Example: Create a timeout timer that times out after 10 seconds of
2174 root 1.9 inactivity.
2175     .PP
2176     .Vb 5
2177 root 1.68 \& static void
2178 root 1.73 \& timeout_cb (struct ev_loop *loop, ev_timer *w, int revents)
2179 root 1.68 \& {
2180     \& .. ten seconds without any activity
2181     \& }
2182     \&
2183 root 1.73 \& ev_timer mytimer;
2184 root 1.68 \& ev_timer_init (&mytimer, timeout_cb, 0., 10.); /* note, only repeat used */
2185     \& ev_timer_again (&mytimer); /* start timer */
2186 root 1.82 \& ev_run (loop, 0);
2187 root 1.68 \&
2188     \& // and in some piece of code that gets executed on any "activity":
2189     \& // reset the timeout to start ticking again at 10 seconds
2190     \& ev_timer_again (&mytimer);
2191 root 1.9 .Ve
2192 root 1.79 .ie n .SS """ev_periodic"" \- to cron or not to cron?"
2193     .el .SS "\f(CWev_periodic\fP \- to cron or not to cron?"
2194 root 1.17 .IX Subsection "ev_periodic - to cron or not to cron?"
2195 root 1.1 Periodic watchers are also timers of a kind, but they are very versatile
2196     (and unfortunately a bit complex).
2197     .PP
2198 root 1.78 Unlike \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR, periodic watchers are not based on real time (or
2199     relative time, the physical time that passes) but on wall clock time
2200     (absolute time, the thing you can read on your calender or clock). The
2201     difference is that wall clock time can run faster or slower than real
2202     time, and time jumps are not uncommon (e.g. when you adjust your
2203     wrist-watch).
2204     .PP
2205     You can tell a periodic watcher to trigger after some specific point
2206     in time: for example, if you tell a periodic watcher to trigger \*(L"in 10
2207     seconds\*(R" (by specifying e.g. \f(CW\*(C`ev_now () + 10.\*(C'\fR, that is, an absolute time
2208     not a delay) and then reset your system clock to January of the previous
2209     year, then it will take a year or more to trigger the event (unlike an
2210     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR, which would still trigger roughly 10 seconds after starting
2211     it, as it uses a relative timeout).
2212     .PP
2213     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_periodic\*(C'\fR watchers can also be used to implement vastly more complex
2214     timers, such as triggering an event on each \*(L"midnight, local time\*(R", or
2215     other complicated rules. This cannot be done with \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR watchers, as
2216     those cannot react to time jumps.
2217 root 1.2 .PP
2218 root 1.68 As with timers, the callback is guaranteed to be invoked only when the
2219 root 1.78 point in time where it is supposed to trigger has passed. If multiple
2220     timers become ready during the same loop iteration then the ones with
2221     earlier time-out values are invoked before ones with later time-out values
2222 root 1.82 (but this is no longer true when a callback calls \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR recursively).
2223 root 1.50 .PP
2224     \fIWatcher-Specific Functions and Data Members\fR
2225     .IX Subsection "Watcher-Specific Functions and Data Members"
2226 root 1.78 .IP "ev_periodic_init (ev_periodic *, callback, ev_tstamp offset, ev_tstamp interval, reschedule_cb)" 4
2227     .IX Item "ev_periodic_init (ev_periodic *, callback, ev_tstamp offset, ev_tstamp interval, reschedule_cb)"
2228 root 1.1 .PD 0
2229 root 1.78 .IP "ev_periodic_set (ev_periodic *, ev_tstamp offset, ev_tstamp interval, reschedule_cb)" 4
2230     .IX Item "ev_periodic_set (ev_periodic *, ev_tstamp offset, ev_tstamp interval, reschedule_cb)"
2231 root 1.1 .PD
2232 root 1.78 Lots of arguments, let's sort it out... There are basically three modes of
2233 root 1.71 operation, and we will explain them from simplest to most complex:
2234 root 1.1 .RS 4
2235 root 1.60 .IP "\(bu" 4
2236 root 1.78 absolute timer (offset = absolute time, interval = 0, reschedule_cb = 0)
2237 root 1.60 .Sp
2238 root 1.68 In this configuration the watcher triggers an event after the wall clock
2239 root 1.78 time \f(CW\*(C`offset\*(C'\fR has passed. It will not repeat and will not adjust when a
2240     time jump occurs, that is, if it is to be run at January 1st 2011 then it
2241     will be stopped and invoked when the system clock reaches or surpasses
2242     this point in time.
2243 root 1.60 .IP "\(bu" 4
2244 root 1.78 repeating interval timer (offset = offset within interval, interval > 0, reschedule_cb = 0)
2245 root 1.60 .Sp
2246 root 1.1 In this mode the watcher will always be scheduled to time out at the next
2247 root 1.78 \&\f(CW\*(C`offset + N * interval\*(C'\fR time (for some integer N, which can also be
2248     negative) and then repeat, regardless of any time jumps. The \f(CW\*(C`offset\*(C'\fR
2249     argument is merely an offset into the \f(CW\*(C`interval\*(C'\fR periods.
2250 root 1.1 .Sp
2251 root 1.71 This can be used to create timers that do not drift with respect to the
2252 root 1.78 system clock, for example, here is an \f(CW\*(C`ev_periodic\*(C'\fR that triggers each
2253     hour, on the hour (with respect to \s-1UTC\s0):
2254 root 1.1 .Sp
2255     .Vb 1
2256     \& ev_periodic_set (&periodic, 0., 3600., 0);
2257     .Ve
2258     .Sp
2259     This doesn't mean there will always be 3600 seconds in between triggers,
2260 root 1.68 but only that the callback will be called when the system time shows a
2261 root 1.1 full hour (\s-1UTC\s0), or more correctly, when the system time is evenly divisible
2262     by 3600.
2263     .Sp
2264     Another way to think about it (for the mathematically inclined) is that
2265     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_periodic\*(C'\fR will try to run the callback in this mode at the next possible
2266 root 1.78 time where \f(CW\*(C`time = offset (mod interval)\*(C'\fR, regardless of any time jumps.
2267 root 1.46 .Sp
2268 root 1.78 For numerical stability it is preferable that the \f(CW\*(C`offset\*(C'\fR value is near
2269 root 1.46 \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_now ()\*(C'\fR (the current time), but there is no range requirement for
2270 root 1.67 this value, and in fact is often specified as zero.
2271     .Sp
2272 root 1.68 Note also that there is an upper limit to how often a timer can fire (\s-1CPU\s0
2273 root 1.67 speed for example), so if \f(CW\*(C`interval\*(C'\fR is very small then timing stability
2274 root 1.68 will of course deteriorate. Libev itself tries to be exact to be about one
2275 root 1.67 millisecond (if the \s-1OS\s0 supports it and the machine is fast enough).
2276 root 1.60 .IP "\(bu" 4
2277 root 1.78 manual reschedule mode (offset ignored, interval ignored, reschedule_cb = callback)
2278 root 1.60 .Sp
2279 root 1.78 In this mode the values for \f(CW\*(C`interval\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`offset\*(C'\fR are both being
2280 root 1.1 ignored. Instead, each time the periodic watcher gets scheduled, the
2281     reschedule callback will be called with the watcher as first, and the
2282     current time as second argument.
2283     .Sp
2284 root 1.78 \&\s-1NOTE:\s0 \fIThis callback \s-1MUST\s0 \s-1NOT\s0 stop or destroy any periodic watcher, ever,
2285     or make \s-1ANY\s0 other event loop modifications whatsoever, unless explicitly
2286     allowed by documentation here\fR.
2287 root 1.67 .Sp
2288     If you need to stop it, return \f(CW\*(C`now + 1e30\*(C'\fR (or so, fudge fudge) and stop
2289     it afterwards (e.g. by starting an \f(CW\*(C`ev_prepare\*(C'\fR watcher, which is the
2290     only event loop modification you are allowed to do).
2291 root 1.1 .Sp
2292 root 1.73 The callback prototype is \f(CW\*(C`ev_tstamp (*reschedule_cb)(ev_periodic
2293 root 1.67 *w, ev_tstamp now)\*(C'\fR, e.g.:
2294 root 1.1 .Sp
2295 root 1.73 .Vb 5
2296     \& static ev_tstamp
2297     \& my_rescheduler (ev_periodic *w, ev_tstamp now)
2298 root 1.1 \& {
2299     \& return now + 60.;
2300     \& }
2301     .Ve
2302     .Sp
2303     It must return the next time to trigger, based on the passed time value
2304     (that is, the lowest time value larger than to the second argument). It
2305     will usually be called just before the callback will be triggered, but
2306     might be called at other times, too.
2307     .Sp
2308 root 1.67 \&\s-1NOTE:\s0 \fIThis callback must always return a time that is higher than or
2309     equal to the passed \f(CI\*(C`now\*(C'\fI value\fR.
2310 root 1.1 .Sp
2311     This can be used to create very complex timers, such as a timer that
2312 root 1.67 triggers on \*(L"next midnight, local time\*(R". To do this, you would calculate the
2313 root 1.1 next midnight after \f(CW\*(C`now\*(C'\fR and return the timestamp value for this. How
2314     you do this is, again, up to you (but it is not trivial, which is the main
2315     reason I omitted it as an example).
2316     .RE
2317     .RS 4
2318     .RE
2319     .IP "ev_periodic_again (loop, ev_periodic *)" 4
2320     .IX Item "ev_periodic_again (loop, ev_periodic *)"
2321     Simply stops and restarts the periodic watcher again. This is only useful
2322     when you changed some parameters or the reschedule callback would return
2323     a different time than the last time it was called (e.g. in a crond like
2324     program when the crontabs have changed).
2325 root 1.65 .IP "ev_tstamp ev_periodic_at (ev_periodic *)" 4
2326     .IX Item "ev_tstamp ev_periodic_at (ev_periodic *)"
2327 root 1.78 When active, returns the absolute time that the watcher is supposed
2328     to trigger next. This is not the same as the \f(CW\*(C`offset\*(C'\fR argument to
2329     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_periodic_set\*(C'\fR, but indeed works even in interval and manual
2330     rescheduling modes.
2331 root 1.46 .IP "ev_tstamp offset [read\-write]" 4
2332     .IX Item "ev_tstamp offset [read-write]"
2333     When repeating, this contains the offset value, otherwise this is the
2334 root 1.78 absolute point in time (the \f(CW\*(C`offset\*(C'\fR value passed to \f(CW\*(C`ev_periodic_set\*(C'\fR,
2335     although libev might modify this value for better numerical stability).
2336 root 1.46 .Sp
2337     Can be modified any time, but changes only take effect when the periodic
2338     timer fires or \f(CW\*(C`ev_periodic_again\*(C'\fR is being called.
2339 root 1.22 .IP "ev_tstamp interval [read\-write]" 4
2340     .IX Item "ev_tstamp interval [read-write]"
2341     The current interval value. Can be modified any time, but changes only
2342     take effect when the periodic timer fires or \f(CW\*(C`ev_periodic_again\*(C'\fR is being
2343     called.
2344 root 1.73 .IP "ev_tstamp (*reschedule_cb)(ev_periodic *w, ev_tstamp now) [read\-write]" 4
2345     .IX Item "ev_tstamp (*reschedule_cb)(ev_periodic *w, ev_tstamp now) [read-write]"
2346 root 1.22 The current reschedule callback, or \f(CW0\fR, if this functionality is
2347     switched off. Can be changed any time, but changes only take effect when
2348     the periodic timer fires or \f(CW\*(C`ev_periodic_again\*(C'\fR is being called.
2349 root 1.9 .PP
2350 root 1.60 \fIExamples\fR
2351     .IX Subsection "Examples"
2352     .PP
2353 root 1.28 Example: Call a callback every hour, or, more precisely, whenever the
2354 root 1.71 system time is divisible by 3600. The callback invocation times have
2355 root 1.68 potentially a lot of jitter, but good long-term stability.
2356 root 1.9 .PP
2357     .Vb 5
2358 root 1.68 \& static void
2359 root 1.82 \& clock_cb (struct ev_loop *loop, ev_periodic *w, int revents)
2360 root 1.68 \& {
2361     \& ... its now a full hour (UTC, or TAI or whatever your clock follows)
2362     \& }
2363     \&
2364 root 1.73 \& ev_periodic hourly_tick;
2365 root 1.68 \& ev_periodic_init (&hourly_tick, clock_cb, 0., 3600., 0);
2366     \& ev_periodic_start (loop, &hourly_tick);
2367 root 1.9 .Ve
2368     .PP
2369 root 1.28 Example: The same as above, but use a reschedule callback to do it:
2370 root 1.9 .PP
2371     .Vb 1
2372 root 1.68 \& #include <math.h>
2373 root 1.60 \&
2374 root 1.68 \& static ev_tstamp
2375 root 1.73 \& my_scheduler_cb (ev_periodic *w, ev_tstamp now)
2376 root 1.68 \& {
2377 root 1.71 \& return now + (3600. \- fmod (now, 3600.));
2378 root 1.68 \& }
2379 root 1.60 \&
2380 root 1.68 \& ev_periodic_init (&hourly_tick, clock_cb, 0., 0., my_scheduler_cb);
2381 root 1.9 .Ve
2382     .PP
2383 root 1.28 Example: Call a callback every hour, starting now:
2384 root 1.9 .PP
2385     .Vb 4
2386 root 1.73 \& ev_periodic hourly_tick;
2387 root 1.68 \& ev_periodic_init (&hourly_tick, clock_cb,
2388     \& fmod (ev_now (loop), 3600.), 3600., 0);
2389     \& ev_periodic_start (loop, &hourly_tick);
2390 root 1.9 .Ve
2391 root 1.79 .ie n .SS """ev_signal"" \- signal me when a signal gets signalled!"
2392     .el .SS "\f(CWev_signal\fP \- signal me when a signal gets signalled!"
2393 root 1.17 .IX Subsection "ev_signal - signal me when a signal gets signalled!"
2394 root 1.1 Signal watchers will trigger an event when the process receives a specific
2395     signal one or more times. Even though signals are very asynchronous, libev
2396     will try it's best to deliver signals synchronously, i.e. as part of the
2397     normal event processing, like any other event.
2398     .PP
2399 root 1.80 If you want signals to be delivered truly asynchronously, just use
2400     \&\f(CW\*(C`sigaction\*(C'\fR as you would do without libev and forget about sharing
2401     the signal. You can even use \f(CW\*(C`ev_async\*(C'\fR from a signal handler to
2402     synchronously wake up an event loop.
2403     .PP
2404     You can configure as many watchers as you like for the same signal, but
2405     only within the same loop, i.e. you can watch for \f(CW\*(C`SIGINT\*(C'\fR in your
2406     default loop and for \f(CW\*(C`SIGIO\*(C'\fR in another loop, but you cannot watch for
2407     \&\f(CW\*(C`SIGINT\*(C'\fR in both the default loop and another loop at the same time. At
2408     the moment, \f(CW\*(C`SIGCHLD\*(C'\fR is permanently tied to the default loop.
2409 root 1.71 .PP
2410 root 1.80 When the first watcher gets started will libev actually register something
2411 root 1.71 with the kernel (thus it coexists with your own signal handlers as long as
2412 root 1.80 you don't register any with libev for the same signal).
2413     .PP
2414 root 1.61 If possible and supported, libev will install its handlers with
2415 root 1.80 \&\f(CW\*(C`SA_RESTART\*(C'\fR (or equivalent) behaviour enabled, so system calls should
2416     not be unduly interrupted. If you have a problem with system calls getting
2417     interrupted by signals you can block all signals in an \f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR watcher
2418     and unblock them in an \f(CW\*(C`ev_prepare\*(C'\fR watcher.
2419 root 1.61 .PP
2420 root 1.81 \fIThe special problem of inheritance over fork/execve/pthread_create\fR
2421     .IX Subsection "The special problem of inheritance over fork/execve/pthread_create"
2422     .PP
2423     Both the signal mask (\f(CW\*(C`sigprocmask\*(C'\fR) and the signal disposition
2424     (\f(CW\*(C`sigaction\*(C'\fR) are unspecified after starting a signal watcher (and after
2425     stopping it again), that is, libev might or might not block the signal,
2426     and might or might not set or restore the installed signal handler.
2427     .PP
2428     While this does not matter for the signal disposition (libev never
2429     sets signals to \f(CW\*(C`SIG_IGN\*(C'\fR, so handlers will be reset to \f(CW\*(C`SIG_DFL\*(C'\fR on
2430     \&\f(CW\*(C`execve\*(C'\fR), this matters for the signal mask: many programs do not expect
2431     certain signals to be blocked.
2432     .PP
2433     This means that before calling \f(CW\*(C`exec\*(C'\fR (from the child) you should reset
2434     the signal mask to whatever \*(L"default\*(R" you expect (all clear is a good
2435     choice usually).
2436     .PP
2437     The simplest way to ensure that the signal mask is reset in the child is
2438     to install a fork handler with \f(CW\*(C`pthread_atfork\*(C'\fR that resets it. That will
2439     catch fork calls done by libraries (such as the libc) as well.
2440     .PP
2441     In current versions of libev, the signal will not be blocked indefinitely
2442     unless you use the \f(CW\*(C`signalfd\*(C'\fR \s-1API\s0 (\f(CW\*(C`EV_SIGNALFD\*(C'\fR). While this reduces
2443     the window of opportunity for problems, it will not go away, as libev
2444     \&\fIhas\fR to modify the signal mask, at least temporarily.
2445     .PP
2446     So I can't stress this enough: \fIIf you do not reset your signal mask when
2447     you expect it to be empty, you have a race condition in your code\fR. This
2448     is not a libev-specific thing, this is true for most event libraries.
2449     .PP
2450 root 1.50 \fIWatcher-Specific Functions and Data Members\fR
2451     .IX Subsection "Watcher-Specific Functions and Data Members"
2452 root 1.1 .IP "ev_signal_init (ev_signal *, callback, int signum)" 4
2453     .IX Item "ev_signal_init (ev_signal *, callback, int signum)"
2454     .PD 0
2455     .IP "ev_signal_set (ev_signal *, int signum)" 4
2456     .IX Item "ev_signal_set (ev_signal *, int signum)"
2457     .PD
2458     Configures the watcher to trigger on the given signal number (usually one
2459     of the \f(CW\*(C`SIGxxx\*(C'\fR constants).
2460 root 1.22 .IP "int signum [read\-only]" 4
2461     .IX Item "int signum [read-only]"
2462     The signal the watcher watches out for.
2463 root 1.61 .PP
2464     \fIExamples\fR
2465     .IX Subsection "Examples"
2466     .PP
2467 root 1.72 Example: Try to exit cleanly on \s-1SIGINT\s0.
2468 root 1.61 .PP
2469     .Vb 5
2470 root 1.68 \& static void
2471 root 1.73 \& sigint_cb (struct ev_loop *loop, ev_signal *w, int revents)
2472 root 1.68 \& {
2473 root 1.82 \& ev_break (loop, EVBREAK_ALL);
2474 root 1.68 \& }
2475     \&
2476 root 1.73 \& ev_signal signal_watcher;
2477 root 1.68 \& ev_signal_init (&signal_watcher, sigint_cb, SIGINT);
2478 root 1.72 \& ev_signal_start (loop, &signal_watcher);
2479 root 1.61 .Ve
2480 root 1.79 .ie n .SS """ev_child"" \- watch out for process status changes"
2481     .el .SS "\f(CWev_child\fP \- watch out for process status changes"
2482 root 1.17 .IX Subsection "ev_child - watch out for process status changes"
2483 root 1.1 Child watchers trigger when your process receives a \s-1SIGCHLD\s0 in response to
2484 root 1.71 some child status changes (most typically when a child of yours dies or
2485     exits). It is permissible to install a child watcher \fIafter\fR the child
2486     has been forked (which implies it might have already exited), as long
2487     as the event loop isn't entered (or is continued from a watcher), i.e.,
2488     forking and then immediately registering a watcher for the child is fine,
2489 root 1.79 but forking and registering a watcher a few event loop iterations later or
2490     in the next callback invocation is not.
2491 root 1.61 .PP
2492     Only the default event loop is capable of handling signals, and therefore
2493 root 1.68 you can only register child watchers in the default event loop.
2494 root 1.61 .PP
2495 root 1.79 Due to some design glitches inside libev, child watchers will always be
2496     handled at maximum priority (their priority is set to \f(CW\*(C`EV_MAXPRI\*(C'\fR by
2497     libev)
2498     .PP
2499 root 1.61 \fIProcess Interaction\fR
2500     .IX Subsection "Process Interaction"
2501     .PP
2502     Libev grabs \f(CW\*(C`SIGCHLD\*(C'\fR as soon as the default event loop is
2503 root 1.80 initialised. This is necessary to guarantee proper behaviour even if the
2504     first child watcher is started after the child exits. The occurrence
2505 root 1.61 of \f(CW\*(C`SIGCHLD\*(C'\fR is recorded asynchronously, but child reaping is done
2506     synchronously as part of the event loop processing. Libev always reaps all
2507     children, even ones not watched.
2508     .PP
2509     \fIOverriding the Built-In Processing\fR
2510     .IX Subsection "Overriding the Built-In Processing"
2511     .PP
2512     Libev offers no special support for overriding the built-in child
2513     processing, but if your application collides with libev's default child
2514     handler, you can override it easily by installing your own handler for
2515     \&\f(CW\*(C`SIGCHLD\*(C'\fR after initialising the default loop, and making sure the
2516     default loop never gets destroyed. You are encouraged, however, to use an
2517     event-based approach to child reaping and thus use libev's support for
2518     that, so other libev users can use \f(CW\*(C`ev_child\*(C'\fR watchers freely.
2519 root 1.50 .PP
2520 root 1.71 \fIStopping the Child Watcher\fR
2521     .IX Subsection "Stopping the Child Watcher"
2522     .PP
2523     Currently, the child watcher never gets stopped, even when the
2524     child terminates, so normally one needs to stop the watcher in the
2525     callback. Future versions of libev might stop the watcher automatically
2526 root 1.80 when a child exit is detected (calling \f(CW\*(C`ev_child_stop\*(C'\fR twice is not a
2527     problem).
2528 root 1.71 .PP
2529 root 1.50 \fIWatcher-Specific Functions and Data Members\fR
2530     .IX Subsection "Watcher-Specific Functions and Data Members"
2531 root 1.60 .IP "ev_child_init (ev_child *, callback, int pid, int trace)" 4
2532     .IX Item "ev_child_init (ev_child *, callback, int pid, int trace)"
2533 root 1.1 .PD 0
2534 root 1.60 .IP "ev_child_set (ev_child *, int pid, int trace)" 4
2535     .IX Item "ev_child_set (ev_child *, int pid, int trace)"
2536 root 1.1 .PD
2537     Configures the watcher to wait for status changes of process \f(CW\*(C`pid\*(C'\fR (or
2538     \&\fIany\fR process if \f(CW\*(C`pid\*(C'\fR is specified as \f(CW0\fR). The callback can look
2539     at the \f(CW\*(C`rstatus\*(C'\fR member of the \f(CW\*(C`ev_child\*(C'\fR watcher structure to see
2540     the status word (use the macros from \f(CW\*(C`sys/wait.h\*(C'\fR and see your systems
2541     \&\f(CW\*(C`waitpid\*(C'\fR documentation). The \f(CW\*(C`rpid\*(C'\fR member contains the pid of the
2542 root 1.60 process causing the status change. \f(CW\*(C`trace\*(C'\fR must be either \f(CW0\fR (only
2543     activate the watcher when the process terminates) or \f(CW1\fR (additionally
2544     activate the watcher when the process is stopped or continued).
2545 root 1.22 .IP "int pid [read\-only]" 4
2546     .IX Item "int pid [read-only]"
2547     The process id this watcher watches out for, or \f(CW0\fR, meaning any process id.
2548     .IP "int rpid [read\-write]" 4
2549     .IX Item "int rpid [read-write]"
2550     The process id that detected a status change.
2551     .IP "int rstatus [read\-write]" 4
2552     .IX Item "int rstatus [read-write]"
2553     The process exit/trace status caused by \f(CW\*(C`rpid\*(C'\fR (see your systems
2554     \&\f(CW\*(C`waitpid\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`sys/wait.h\*(C'\fR documentation for details).
2555 root 1.9 .PP
2556 root 1.60 \fIExamples\fR
2557     .IX Subsection "Examples"
2558     .PP
2559 root 1.61 Example: \f(CW\*(C`fork()\*(C'\fR a new process and install a child handler to wait for
2560     its completion.
2561 root 1.9 .PP
2562 root 1.61 .Vb 1
2563 root 1.68 \& ev_child cw;
2564 root 1.61 \&
2565 root 1.68 \& static void
2566 root 1.73 \& child_cb (EV_P_ ev_child *w, int revents)
2567 root 1.68 \& {
2568     \& ev_child_stop (EV_A_ w);
2569     \& printf ("process %d exited with status %x\en", w\->rpid, w\->rstatus);
2570     \& }
2571     \&
2572     \& pid_t pid = fork ();
2573     \&
2574     \& if (pid < 0)
2575     \& // error
2576     \& else if (pid == 0)
2577     \& {
2578     \& // the forked child executes here
2579     \& exit (1);
2580     \& }
2581     \& else
2582     \& {
2583     \& ev_child_init (&cw, child_cb, pid, 0);
2584     \& ev_child_start (EV_DEFAULT_ &cw);
2585     \& }
2586 root 1.9 .Ve
2587 root 1.79 .ie n .SS """ev_stat"" \- did the file attributes just change?"
2588     .el .SS "\f(CWev_stat\fP \- did the file attributes just change?"
2589 root 1.22 .IX Subsection "ev_stat - did the file attributes just change?"
2590 root 1.68 This watches a file system path for attribute changes. That is, it calls
2591 root 1.73 \&\f(CW\*(C`stat\*(C'\fR on that path in regular intervals (or when the \s-1OS\s0 says it changed)
2592     and sees if it changed compared to the last time, invoking the callback if
2593     it did.
2594 root 1.22 .PP
2595     The path does not need to exist: changing from \*(L"path exists\*(R" to \*(L"path does
2596 root 1.74 not exist\*(R" is a status change like any other. The condition \*(L"path does not
2597     exist\*(R" (or more correctly \*(L"path cannot be stat'ed\*(R") is signified by the
2598     \&\f(CW\*(C`st_nlink\*(C'\fR field being zero (which is otherwise always forced to be at
2599     least one) and all the other fields of the stat buffer having unspecified
2600     contents.
2601 root 1.22 .PP
2602 root 1.73 The path \fImust not\fR end in a slash or contain special components such as
2603     \&\f(CW\*(C`.\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`..\*(C'\fR. The path \fIshould\fR be absolute: If it is relative and
2604     your working directory changes, then the behaviour is undefined.
2605     .PP
2606     Since there is no portable change notification interface available, the
2607     portable implementation simply calls \f(CWstat(2)\fR regularly on the path
2608     to see if it changed somehow. You can specify a recommended polling
2609     interval for this case. If you specify a polling interval of \f(CW0\fR (highly
2610     recommended!) then a \fIsuitable, unspecified default\fR value will be used
2611     (which you can expect to be around five seconds, although this might
2612     change dynamically). Libev will also impose a minimum interval which is
2613     currently around \f(CW0.1\fR, but that's usually overkill.
2614 root 1.22 .PP
2615     This watcher type is not meant for massive numbers of stat watchers,
2616     as even with OS-supported change notifications, this can be
2617 root 1.60 resource-intensive.
2618 root 1.22 .PP
2619 root 1.71 At the time of this writing, the only OS-specific interface implemented
2620 root 1.74 is the Linux inotify interface (implementing kqueue support is left as an
2621     exercise for the reader. Note, however, that the author sees no way of
2622     implementing \f(CW\*(C`ev_stat\*(C'\fR semantics with kqueue, except as a hint).
2623 root 1.50 .PP
2624 root 1.63 \fI\s-1ABI\s0 Issues (Largefile Support)\fR
2625     .IX Subsection "ABI Issues (Largefile Support)"
2626     .PP
2627     Libev by default (unless the user overrides this) uses the default
2628 root 1.69 compilation environment, which means that on systems with large file
2629     support disabled by default, you get the 32 bit version of the stat
2630 root 1.63 structure. When using the library from programs that change the \s-1ABI\s0 to
2631     use 64 bit file offsets the programs will fail. In that case you have to
2632     compile libev with the same flags to get binary compatibility. This is
2633     obviously the case with any flags that change the \s-1ABI\s0, but the problem is
2634 root 1.73 most noticeably displayed with ev_stat and large file support.
2635 root 1.69 .PP
2636     The solution for this is to lobby your distribution maker to make large
2637     file interfaces available by default (as e.g. FreeBSD does) and not
2638     optional. Libev cannot simply switch on large file support because it has
2639     to exchange stat structures with application programs compiled using the
2640     default compilation environment.
2641 root 1.63 .PP
2642 root 1.71 \fIInotify and Kqueue\fR
2643     .IX Subsection "Inotify and Kqueue"
2644 root 1.59 .PP
2645 root 1.74 When \f(CW\*(C`inotify (7)\*(C'\fR support has been compiled into libev and present at
2646     runtime, it will be used to speed up change detection where possible. The
2647     inotify descriptor will be created lazily when the first \f(CW\*(C`ev_stat\*(C'\fR
2648     watcher is being started.
2649 root 1.59 .PP
2650 root 1.65 Inotify presence does not change the semantics of \f(CW\*(C`ev_stat\*(C'\fR watchers
2651 root 1.59 except that changes might be detected earlier, and in some cases, to avoid
2652 root 1.65 making regular \f(CW\*(C`stat\*(C'\fR calls. Even in the presence of inotify support
2653 root 1.71 there are many cases where libev has to resort to regular \f(CW\*(C`stat\*(C'\fR polling,
2654 root 1.74 but as long as kernel 2.6.25 or newer is used (2.6.24 and older have too
2655     many bugs), the path exists (i.e. stat succeeds), and the path resides on
2656     a local filesystem (libev currently assumes only ext2/3, jfs, reiserfs and
2657     xfs are fully working) libev usually gets away without polling.
2658 root 1.59 .PP
2659 root 1.71 There is no support for kqueue, as apparently it cannot be used to
2660 root 1.59 implement this functionality, due to the requirement of having a file
2661 root 1.71 descriptor open on the object at all times, and detecting renames, unlinks
2662     etc. is difficult.
2663 root 1.59 .PP
2664 root 1.74 \fI\f(CI\*(C`stat ()\*(C'\fI is a synchronous operation\fR
2665     .IX Subsection "stat () is a synchronous operation"
2666     .PP
2667     Libev doesn't normally do any kind of I/O itself, and so is not blocking
2668     the process. The exception are \f(CW\*(C`ev_stat\*(C'\fR watchers \- those call \f(CW\*(C`stat
2669     ()\*(C'\fR, which is a synchronous operation.
2670     .PP
2671     For local paths, this usually doesn't matter: unless the system is very
2672     busy or the intervals between stat's are large, a stat call will be fast,
2673 root 1.75 as the path data is usually in memory already (except when starting the
2674 root 1.74 watcher).
2675     .PP
2676     For networked file systems, calling \f(CW\*(C`stat ()\*(C'\fR can block an indefinite
2677     time due to network issues, and even under good conditions, a stat call
2678     often takes multiple milliseconds.
2679     .PP
2680     Therefore, it is best to avoid using \f(CW\*(C`ev_stat\*(C'\fR watchers on networked
2681     paths, although this is fully supported by libev.
2682     .PP
2683 root 1.59 \fIThe special problem of stat time resolution\fR
2684     .IX Subsection "The special problem of stat time resolution"
2685     .PP
2686 root 1.73 The \f(CW\*(C`stat ()\*(C'\fR system call only supports full-second resolution portably,
2687     and even on systems where the resolution is higher, most file systems
2688     still only support whole seconds.
2689 root 1.59 .PP
2690 root 1.65 That means that, if the time is the only thing that changes, you can
2691     easily miss updates: on the first update, \f(CW\*(C`ev_stat\*(C'\fR detects a change and
2692     calls your callback, which does something. When there is another update
2693 root 1.71 within the same second, \f(CW\*(C`ev_stat\*(C'\fR will be unable to detect unless the
2694     stat data does change in other ways (e.g. file size).
2695 root 1.65 .PP
2696     The solution to this is to delay acting on a change for slightly more
2697 root 1.67 than a second (or till slightly after the next full second boundary), using
2698 root 1.65 a roughly one-second-delay \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR (e.g. \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer_set (w, 0., 1.02);
2699     ev_timer_again (loop, w)\*(C'\fR).
2700     .PP
2701     The \f(CW.02\fR offset is added to work around small timing inconsistencies
2702     of some operating systems (where the second counter of the current time
2703     might be be delayed. One such system is the Linux kernel, where a call to
2704     \&\f(CW\*(C`gettimeofday\*(C'\fR might return a timestamp with a full second later than
2705     a subsequent \f(CW\*(C`time\*(C'\fR call \- if the equivalent of \f(CW\*(C`time ()\*(C'\fR is used to
2706     update file times then there will be a small window where the kernel uses
2707     the previous second to update file times but libev might already execute
2708     the timer callback).
2709 root 1.59 .PP
2710 root 1.50 \fIWatcher-Specific Functions and Data Members\fR
2711     .IX Subsection "Watcher-Specific Functions and Data Members"
2712 root 1.22 .IP "ev_stat_init (ev_stat *, callback, const char *path, ev_tstamp interval)" 4
2713     .IX Item "ev_stat_init (ev_stat *, callback, const char *path, ev_tstamp interval)"
2714     .PD 0
2715     .IP "ev_stat_set (ev_stat *, const char *path, ev_tstamp interval)" 4
2716     .IX Item "ev_stat_set (ev_stat *, const char *path, ev_tstamp interval)"
2717     .PD
2718     Configures the watcher to wait for status changes of the given
2719     \&\f(CW\*(C`path\*(C'\fR. The \f(CW\*(C`interval\*(C'\fR is a hint on how quickly a change is expected to
2720     be detected and should normally be specified as \f(CW0\fR to let libev choose
2721     a suitable value. The memory pointed to by \f(CW\*(C`path\*(C'\fR must point to the same
2722     path for as long as the watcher is active.
2723     .Sp
2724 root 1.71 The callback will receive an \f(CW\*(C`EV_STAT\*(C'\fR event when a change was detected,
2725     relative to the attributes at the time the watcher was started (or the
2726     last change was detected).
2727 root 1.61 .IP "ev_stat_stat (loop, ev_stat *)" 4
2728     .IX Item "ev_stat_stat (loop, ev_stat *)"
2729 root 1.22 Updates the stat buffer immediately with new values. If you change the
2730 root 1.65 watched path in your callback, you could call this function to avoid
2731     detecting this change (while introducing a race condition if you are not
2732     the only one changing the path). Can also be useful simply to find out the
2733     new values.
2734 root 1.22 .IP "ev_statdata attr [read\-only]" 4
2735     .IX Item "ev_statdata attr [read-only]"
2736 root 1.65 The most-recently detected attributes of the file. Although the type is
2737 root 1.22 \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_statdata\*(C'\fR, this is usually the (or one of the) \f(CW\*(C`struct stat\*(C'\fR types
2738 root 1.65 suitable for your system, but you can only rely on the POSIX-standardised
2739     members to be present. If the \f(CW\*(C`st_nlink\*(C'\fR member is \f(CW0\fR, then there was
2740     some error while \f(CW\*(C`stat\*(C'\fRing the file.
2741 root 1.22 .IP "ev_statdata prev [read\-only]" 4
2742     .IX Item "ev_statdata prev [read-only]"
2743     The previous attributes of the file. The callback gets invoked whenever
2744 root 1.65 \&\f(CW\*(C`prev\*(C'\fR != \f(CW\*(C`attr\*(C'\fR, or, more precisely, one or more of these members
2745     differ: \f(CW\*(C`st_dev\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`st_ino\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`st_mode\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`st_nlink\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`st_uid\*(C'\fR,
2746     \&\f(CW\*(C`st_gid\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`st_rdev\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`st_size\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`st_atime\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`st_mtime\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`st_ctime\*(C'\fR.
2747 root 1.22 .IP "ev_tstamp interval [read\-only]" 4
2748     .IX Item "ev_tstamp interval [read-only]"
2749     The specified interval.
2750     .IP "const char *path [read\-only]" 4
2751     .IX Item "const char *path [read-only]"
2752 root 1.68 The file system path that is being watched.
2753 root 1.22 .PP
2754 root 1.59 \fIExamples\fR
2755     .IX Subsection "Examples"
2756     .PP
2757 root 1.22 Example: Watch \f(CW\*(C`/etc/passwd\*(C'\fR for attribute changes.
2758     .PP
2759 root 1.60 .Vb 10
2760 root 1.68 \& static void
2761     \& passwd_cb (struct ev_loop *loop, ev_stat *w, int revents)
2762     \& {
2763     \& /* /etc/passwd changed in some way */
2764     \& if (w\->attr.st_nlink)
2765     \& {
2766     \& printf ("passwd current size %ld\en", (long)w\->attr.st_size);
2767     \& printf ("passwd current atime %ld\en", (long)w\->attr.st_mtime);
2768     \& printf ("passwd current mtime %ld\en", (long)w\->attr.st_mtime);
2769     \& }
2770     \& else
2771     \& /* you shalt not abuse printf for puts */
2772     \& puts ("wow, /etc/passwd is not there, expect problems. "
2773     \& "if this is windows, they already arrived\en");
2774     \& }
2775 root 1.60 \&
2776 root 1.68 \& ...
2777     \& ev_stat passwd;
2778 root 1.60 \&
2779 root 1.68 \& ev_stat_init (&passwd, passwd_cb, "/etc/passwd", 0.);
2780     \& ev_stat_start (loop, &passwd);
2781 root 1.22 .Ve
2782 root 1.59 .PP
2783     Example: Like above, but additionally use a one-second delay so we do not
2784     miss updates (however, frequent updates will delay processing, too, so
2785     one might do the work both on \f(CW\*(C`ev_stat\*(C'\fR callback invocation \fIand\fR on
2786     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR callback invocation).
2787     .PP
2788     .Vb 2
2789 root 1.68 \& static ev_stat passwd;
2790     \& static ev_timer timer;
2791 root 1.60 \&
2792 root 1.68 \& static void
2793     \& timer_cb (EV_P_ ev_timer *w, int revents)
2794     \& {
2795     \& ev_timer_stop (EV_A_ w);
2796     \&
2797     \& /* now it\*(Aqs one second after the most recent passwd change */
2798     \& }
2799     \&
2800     \& static void
2801     \& stat_cb (EV_P_ ev_stat *w, int revents)
2802     \& {
2803     \& /* reset the one\-second timer */
2804     \& ev_timer_again (EV_A_ &timer);
2805     \& }
2806     \&
2807     \& ...
2808     \& ev_stat_init (&passwd, stat_cb, "/etc/passwd", 0.);
2809     \& ev_stat_start (loop, &passwd);
2810     \& ev_timer_init (&timer, timer_cb, 0., 1.02);
2811 root 1.59 .Ve
2812 root 1.79 .ie n .SS """ev_idle"" \- when you've got nothing better to do..."
2813     .el .SS "\f(CWev_idle\fP \- when you've got nothing better to do..."
2814 root 1.17 .IX Subsection "ev_idle - when you've got nothing better to do..."
2815 root 1.37 Idle watchers trigger events when no other events of the same or higher
2816 root 1.71 priority are pending (prepare, check and other idle watchers do not count
2817     as receiving \*(L"events\*(R").
2818 root 1.37 .PP
2819     That is, as long as your process is busy handling sockets or timeouts
2820     (or even signals, imagine) of the same or higher priority it will not be
2821     triggered. But when your process is idle (or only lower-priority watchers
2822     are pending), the idle watchers are being called once per event loop
2823     iteration \- until stopped, that is, or your process receives more events
2824     and becomes busy again with higher priority stuff.
2825 root 1.1 .PP
2826     The most noteworthy effect is that as long as any idle watchers are
2827     active, the process will not block when waiting for new events.
2828     .PP
2829     Apart from keeping your process non-blocking (which is a useful
2830     effect on its own sometimes), idle watchers are a good place to do
2831 root 1.60 \&\*(L"pseudo-background processing\*(R", or delay processing stuff to after the
2832 root 1.1 event loop has handled all outstanding events.
2833 root 1.50 .PP
2834     \fIWatcher-Specific Functions and Data Members\fR
2835     .IX Subsection "Watcher-Specific Functions and Data Members"
2836 root 1.78 .IP "ev_idle_init (ev_idle *, callback)" 4
2837     .IX Item "ev_idle_init (ev_idle *, callback)"
2838 root 1.1 Initialises and configures the idle watcher \- it has no parameters of any
2839     kind. There is a \f(CW\*(C`ev_idle_set\*(C'\fR macro, but using it is utterly pointless,
2840     believe me.
2841 root 1.9 .PP
2842 root 1.60 \fIExamples\fR
2843     .IX Subsection "Examples"
2844     .PP
2845 root 1.28 Example: Dynamically allocate an \f(CW\*(C`ev_idle\*(C'\fR watcher, start it, and in the
2846     callback, free it. Also, use no error checking, as usual.
2847 root 1.9 .PP
2848     .Vb 7
2849 root 1.68 \& static void
2850 root 1.73 \& idle_cb (struct ev_loop *loop, ev_idle *w, int revents)
2851 root 1.68 \& {
2852     \& free (w);
2853     \& // now do something you wanted to do when the program has
2854     \& // no longer anything immediate to do.
2855     \& }
2856     \&
2857 root 1.73 \& ev_idle *idle_watcher = malloc (sizeof (ev_idle));
2858 root 1.68 \& ev_idle_init (idle_watcher, idle_cb);
2859 root 1.79 \& ev_idle_start (loop, idle_watcher);
2860 root 1.9 .Ve
2861 root 1.79 .ie n .SS """ev_prepare"" and ""ev_check"" \- customise your event loop!"
2862     .el .SS "\f(CWev_prepare\fP and \f(CWev_check\fP \- customise your event loop!"
2863 root 1.17 .IX Subsection "ev_prepare and ev_check - customise your event loop!"
2864 root 1.71 Prepare and check watchers are usually (but not always) used in pairs:
2865 root 1.1 prepare watchers get invoked before the process blocks and check watchers
2866     afterwards.
2867     .PP
2868 root 1.82 You \fImust not\fR call \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR or similar functions that enter
2869 root 1.20 the current event loop from either \f(CW\*(C`ev_prepare\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR
2870     watchers. Other loops than the current one are fine, however. The
2871     rationale behind this is that you do not need to check for recursion in
2872     those watchers, i.e. the sequence will always be \f(CW\*(C`ev_prepare\*(C'\fR, blocking,
2873     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR so if you have one watcher of each kind they will always be
2874     called in pairs bracketing the blocking call.
2875     .PP
2876 root 1.10 Their main purpose is to integrate other event mechanisms into libev and
2877 root 1.71 their use is somewhat advanced. They could be used, for example, to track
2878 root 1.10 variable changes, implement your own watchers, integrate net-snmp or a
2879 root 1.20 coroutine library and lots more. They are also occasionally useful if
2880     you cache some data and want to flush it before blocking (for example,
2881     in X programs you might want to do an \f(CW\*(C`XFlush ()\*(C'\fR in an \f(CW\*(C`ev_prepare\*(C'\fR
2882     watcher).
2883 root 1.1 .PP
2884 root 1.71 This is done by examining in each prepare call which file descriptors
2885     need to be watched by the other library, registering \f(CW\*(C`ev_io\*(C'\fR watchers
2886     for them and starting an \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR watcher for any timeouts (many
2887     libraries provide exactly this functionality). Then, in the check watcher,
2888     you check for any events that occurred (by checking the pending status
2889     of all watchers and stopping them) and call back into the library. The
2890     I/O and timer callbacks will never actually be called (but must be valid
2891     nevertheless, because you never know, you know?).
2892 root 1.1 .PP
2893     As another example, the Perl Coro module uses these hooks to integrate
2894     coroutines into libev programs, by yielding to other active coroutines
2895     during each prepare and only letting the process block if no coroutines
2896     are ready to run (it's actually more complicated: it only runs coroutines
2897     with priority higher than or equal to the event loop and one coroutine
2898     of lower priority, but only once, using idle watchers to keep the event
2899     loop from blocking if lower-priority coroutines are active, thus mapping
2900     low-priority coroutines to idle/background tasks).
2901 root 1.45 .PP
2902     It is recommended to give \f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR watchers highest (\f(CW\*(C`EV_MAXPRI\*(C'\fR)
2903     priority, to ensure that they are being run before any other watchers
2904 root 1.71 after the poll (this doesn't matter for \f(CW\*(C`ev_prepare\*(C'\fR watchers).
2905     .PP
2906     Also, \f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR watchers (and \f(CW\*(C`ev_prepare\*(C'\fR watchers, too) should not
2907     activate (\*(L"feed\*(R") events into libev. While libev fully supports this, they
2908     might get executed before other \f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR watchers did their job. As
2909     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR watchers are often used to embed other (non-libev) event
2910     loops those other event loops might be in an unusable state until their
2911     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR watcher ran (always remind yourself to coexist peacefully with
2912     others).
2913 root 1.50 .PP
2914     \fIWatcher-Specific Functions and Data Members\fR
2915     .IX Subsection "Watcher-Specific Functions and Data Members"
2916 root 1.1 .IP "ev_prepare_init (ev_prepare *, callback)" 4
2917     .IX Item "ev_prepare_init (ev_prepare *, callback)"
2918     .PD 0
2919     .IP "ev_check_init (ev_check *, callback)" 4
2920     .IX Item "ev_check_init (ev_check *, callback)"
2921     .PD
2922     Initialises and configures the prepare or check watcher \- they have no
2923     parameters of any kind. There are \f(CW\*(C`ev_prepare_set\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`ev_check_set\*(C'\fR
2924 root 1.71 macros, but using them is utterly, utterly, utterly and completely
2925     pointless.
2926 root 1.9 .PP
2927 root 1.60 \fIExamples\fR
2928     .IX Subsection "Examples"
2929     .PP
2930 root 1.44 There are a number of principal ways to embed other event loops or modules
2931     into libev. Here are some ideas on how to include libadns into libev
2932     (there is a Perl module named \f(CW\*(C`EV::ADNS\*(C'\fR that does this, which you could
2933 root 1.65 use as a working example. Another Perl module named \f(CW\*(C`EV::Glib\*(C'\fR embeds a
2934     Glib main context into libev, and finally, \f(CW\*(C`Glib::EV\*(C'\fR embeds \s-1EV\s0 into the
2935     Glib event loop).
2936 root 1.44 .PP
2937     Method 1: Add \s-1IO\s0 watchers and a timeout watcher in a prepare handler,
2938     and in a check watcher, destroy them and call into libadns. What follows
2939     is pseudo-code only of course. This requires you to either use a low
2940     priority for the check watcher or use \f(CW\*(C`ev_clear_pending\*(C'\fR explicitly, as
2941     the callbacks for the IO/timeout watchers might not have been called yet.
2942 root 1.20 .PP
2943     .Vb 2
2944 root 1.68 \& static ev_io iow [nfd];
2945     \& static ev_timer tw;
2946     \&
2947     \& static void
2948 root 1.73 \& io_cb (struct ev_loop *loop, ev_io *w, int revents)
2949 root 1.68 \& {
2950     \& }
2951     \&
2952     \& // create io watchers for each fd and a timer before blocking
2953     \& static void
2954 root 1.73 \& adns_prepare_cb (struct ev_loop *loop, ev_prepare *w, int revents)
2955 root 1.68 \& {
2956     \& int timeout = 3600000;
2957     \& struct pollfd fds [nfd];
2958     \& // actual code will need to loop here and realloc etc.
2959     \& adns_beforepoll (ads, fds, &nfd, &timeout, timeval_from (ev_time ()));
2960     \&
2961     \& /* the callback is illegal, but won\*(Aqt be called as we stop during check */
2962 root 1.79 \& ev_timer_init (&tw, 0, timeout * 1e\-3, 0.);
2963 root 1.68 \& ev_timer_start (loop, &tw);
2964 root 1.60 \&
2965 root 1.68 \& // create one ev_io per pollfd
2966     \& for (int i = 0; i < nfd; ++i)
2967     \& {
2968     \& ev_io_init (iow + i, io_cb, fds [i].fd,
2969     \& ((fds [i].events & POLLIN ? EV_READ : 0)
2970     \& | (fds [i].events & POLLOUT ? EV_WRITE : 0)));
2971     \&
2972     \& fds [i].revents = 0;
2973     \& ev_io_start (loop, iow + i);
2974     \& }
2975     \& }
2976     \&
2977     \& // stop all watchers after blocking
2978     \& static void
2979 root 1.73 \& adns_check_cb (struct ev_loop *loop, ev_check *w, int revents)
2980 root 1.68 \& {
2981     \& ev_timer_stop (loop, &tw);
2982     \&
2983     \& for (int i = 0; i < nfd; ++i)
2984     \& {
2985     \& // set the relevant poll flags
2986     \& // could also call adns_processreadable etc. here
2987     \& struct pollfd *fd = fds + i;
2988     \& int revents = ev_clear_pending (iow + i);
2989     \& if (revents & EV_READ ) fd\->revents |= fd\->events & POLLIN;
2990     \& if (revents & EV_WRITE) fd\->revents |= fd\->events & POLLOUT;
2991 root 1.60 \&
2992 root 1.68 \& // now stop the watcher
2993     \& ev_io_stop (loop, iow + i);
2994     \& }
2995     \&
2996     \& adns_afterpoll (adns, fds, nfd, timeval_from (ev_now (loop));
2997     \& }
2998 root 1.20 .Ve
2999 root 1.44 .PP
3000     Method 2: This would be just like method 1, but you run \f(CW\*(C`adns_afterpoll\*(C'\fR
3001     in the prepare watcher and would dispose of the check watcher.
3002     .PP
3003     Method 3: If the module to be embedded supports explicit event
3004 root 1.68 notification (libadns does), you can also make use of the actual watcher
3005 root 1.44 callbacks, and only destroy/create the watchers in the prepare watcher.
3006     .PP
3007     .Vb 5
3008 root 1.68 \& static void
3009     \& timer_cb (EV_P_ ev_timer *w, int revents)
3010     \& {
3011     \& adns_state ads = (adns_state)w\->data;
3012     \& update_now (EV_A);
3013     \&
3014     \& adns_processtimeouts (ads, &tv_now);
3015     \& }
3016     \&
3017     \& static void
3018     \& io_cb (EV_P_ ev_io *w, int revents)
3019     \& {
3020     \& adns_state ads = (adns_state)w\->data;
3021     \& update_now (EV_A);
3022 root 1.60 \&
3023 root 1.68 \& if (revents & EV_READ ) adns_processreadable (ads, w\->fd, &tv_now);
3024     \& if (revents & EV_WRITE) adns_processwriteable (ads, w\->fd, &tv_now);
3025     \& }
3026     \&
3027     \& // do not ever call adns_afterpoll
3028 root 1.44 .Ve
3029     .PP
3030     Method 4: Do not use a prepare or check watcher because the module you
3031 root 1.71 want to embed is not flexible enough to support it. Instead, you can
3032     override their poll function. The drawback with this solution is that the
3033     main loop is now no longer controllable by \s-1EV\s0. The \f(CW\*(C`Glib::EV\*(C'\fR module uses
3034     this approach, effectively embedding \s-1EV\s0 as a client into the horrible
3035     libglib event loop.
3036 root 1.44 .PP
3037     .Vb 4
3038 root 1.68 \& static gint
3039     \& event_poll_func (GPollFD *fds, guint nfds, gint timeout)
3040     \& {
3041     \& int got_events = 0;
3042     \&
3043     \& for (n = 0; n < nfds; ++n)
3044     \& // create/start io watcher that sets the relevant bits in fds[n] and increment got_events
3045     \&
3046     \& if (timeout >= 0)
3047     \& // create/start timer
3048     \&
3049     \& // poll
3050 root 1.82 \& ev_run (EV_A_ 0);
3051 root 1.68 \&
3052     \& // stop timer again
3053     \& if (timeout >= 0)
3054     \& ev_timer_stop (EV_A_ &to);
3055 root 1.60 \&
3056 root 1.68 \& // stop io watchers again \- their callbacks should have set
3057     \& for (n = 0; n < nfds; ++n)
3058     \& ev_io_stop (EV_A_ iow [n]);
3059     \&
3060     \& return got_events;
3061     \& }
3062 root 1.44 .Ve
3063 root 1.79 .ie n .SS """ev_embed"" \- when one backend isn't enough..."
3064     .el .SS "\f(CWev_embed\fP \- when one backend isn't enough..."
3065 root 1.17 .IX Subsection "ev_embed - when one backend isn't enough..."
3066 root 1.10 This is a rather advanced watcher type that lets you embed one event loop
3067 root 1.11 into another (currently only \f(CW\*(C`ev_io\*(C'\fR events are supported in the embedded
3068     loop, other types of watchers might be handled in a delayed or incorrect
3069 root 1.57 fashion and must not be used).
3070 root 1.10 .PP
3071     There are primarily two reasons you would want that: work around bugs and
3072     prioritise I/O.
3073     .PP
3074     As an example for a bug workaround, the kqueue backend might only support
3075     sockets on some platform, so it is unusable as generic backend, but you
3076     still want to make use of it because you have many sockets and it scales
3077 root 1.71 so nicely. In this case, you would create a kqueue-based loop and embed
3078     it into your default loop (which might use e.g. poll). Overall operation
3079     will be a bit slower because first libev has to call \f(CW\*(C`poll\*(C'\fR and then
3080     \&\f(CW\*(C`kevent\*(C'\fR, but at least you can use both mechanisms for what they are
3081     best: \f(CW\*(C`kqueue\*(C'\fR for scalable sockets and \f(CW\*(C`poll\*(C'\fR if you want it to work :)
3082     .PP
3083     As for prioritising I/O: under rare circumstances you have the case where
3084     some fds have to be watched and handled very quickly (with low latency),
3085     and even priorities and idle watchers might have too much overhead. In
3086     this case you would put all the high priority stuff in one loop and all
3087     the rest in a second one, and embed the second one in the first.
3088 root 1.10 .PP
3089 root 1.75 As long as the watcher is active, the callback will be invoked every
3090     time there might be events pending in the embedded loop. The callback
3091     must then call \f(CW\*(C`ev_embed_sweep (mainloop, watcher)\*(C'\fR to make a single
3092     sweep and invoke their callbacks (the callback doesn't need to invoke the
3093     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_embed_sweep\*(C'\fR function directly, it could also start an idle watcher
3094     to give the embedded loop strictly lower priority for example).
3095     .PP
3096     You can also set the callback to \f(CW0\fR, in which case the embed watcher
3097     will automatically execute the embedded loop sweep whenever necessary.
3098     .PP
3099     Fork detection will be handled transparently while the \f(CW\*(C`ev_embed\*(C'\fR watcher
3100     is active, i.e., the embedded loop will automatically be forked when the
3101     embedding loop forks. In other cases, the user is responsible for calling
3102     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_fork\*(C'\fR on the embedded loop.
3103 root 1.10 .PP
3104 root 1.71 Unfortunately, not all backends are embeddable: only the ones returned by
3105 root 1.10 \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_embeddable_backends\*(C'\fR are, which, unfortunately, does not include any
3106     portable one.
3107     .PP
3108     So when you want to use this feature you will always have to be prepared
3109     that you cannot get an embeddable loop. The recommended way to get around
3110     this is to have a separate variables for your embeddable loop, try to
3111 root 1.60 create it, and if that fails, use the normal loop for everything.
3112 root 1.50 .PP
3113 root 1.71 \fI\f(CI\*(C`ev_embed\*(C'\fI and fork\fR
3114     .IX Subsection "ev_embed and fork"
3115     .PP
3116     While the \f(CW\*(C`ev_embed\*(C'\fR watcher is running, forks in the embedding loop will
3117     automatically be applied to the embedded loop as well, so no special
3118     fork handling is required in that case. When the watcher is not running,
3119     however, it is still the task of the libev user to call \f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_fork ()\*(C'\fR
3120     as applicable.
3121     .PP
3122 root 1.50 \fIWatcher-Specific Functions and Data Members\fR
3123     .IX Subsection "Watcher-Specific Functions and Data Members"
3124 root 1.11 .IP "ev_embed_init (ev_embed *, callback, struct ev_loop *embedded_loop)" 4
3125     .IX Item "ev_embed_init (ev_embed *, callback, struct ev_loop *embedded_loop)"
3126 root 1.10 .PD 0
3127 root 1.11 .IP "ev_embed_set (ev_embed *, callback, struct ev_loop *embedded_loop)" 4
3128     .IX Item "ev_embed_set (ev_embed *, callback, struct ev_loop *embedded_loop)"
3129 root 1.10 .PD
3130 root 1.11 Configures the watcher to embed the given loop, which must be
3131     embeddable. If the callback is \f(CW0\fR, then \f(CW\*(C`ev_embed_sweep\*(C'\fR will be
3132     invoked automatically, otherwise it is the responsibility of the callback
3133     to invoke it (it will continue to be called until the sweep has been done,
3134 root 1.68 if you do not want that, you need to temporarily stop the embed watcher).
3135 root 1.11 .IP "ev_embed_sweep (loop, ev_embed *)" 4
3136     .IX Item "ev_embed_sweep (loop, ev_embed *)"
3137     Make a single, non-blocking sweep over the embedded loop. This works
3138 root 1.82 similarly to \f(CW\*(C`ev_run (embedded_loop, EVRUN_NOWAIT)\*(C'\fR, but in the most
3139 root 1.68 appropriate way for embedded loops.
3140 root 1.54 .IP "struct ev_loop *other [read\-only]" 4
3141     .IX Item "struct ev_loop *other [read-only]"
3142 root 1.22 The embedded event loop.
3143 root 1.60 .PP
3144     \fIExamples\fR
3145     .IX Subsection "Examples"
3146     .PP
3147     Example: Try to get an embeddable event loop and embed it into the default
3148     event loop. If that is not possible, use the default loop. The default
3149 root 1.68 loop is stored in \f(CW\*(C`loop_hi\*(C'\fR, while the embeddable loop is stored in
3150     \&\f(CW\*(C`loop_lo\*(C'\fR (which is \f(CW\*(C`loop_hi\*(C'\fR in the case no embeddable loop can be
3151 root 1.60 used).
3152     .PP
3153     .Vb 3
3154 root 1.68 \& struct ev_loop *loop_hi = ev_default_init (0);
3155     \& struct ev_loop *loop_lo = 0;
3156 root 1.73 \& ev_embed embed;
3157 root 1.68 \&
3158     \& // see if there is a chance of getting one that works
3159     \& // (remember that a flags value of 0 means autodetection)
3160     \& loop_lo = ev_embeddable_backends () & ev_recommended_backends ()
3161     \& ? ev_loop_new (ev_embeddable_backends () & ev_recommended_backends ())
3162     \& : 0;
3163     \&
3164     \& // if we got one, then embed it, otherwise default to loop_hi
3165     \& if (loop_lo)
3166     \& {
3167     \& ev_embed_init (&embed, 0, loop_lo);
3168     \& ev_embed_start (loop_hi, &embed);
3169     \& }
3170     \& else
3171     \& loop_lo = loop_hi;
3172 root 1.60 .Ve
3173     .PP
3174     Example: Check if kqueue is available but not recommended and create
3175     a kqueue backend for use with sockets (which usually work with any
3176     kqueue implementation). Store the kqueue/socket\-only event loop in
3177     \&\f(CW\*(C`loop_socket\*(C'\fR. (One might optionally use \f(CW\*(C`EVFLAG_NOENV\*(C'\fR, too).
3178     .PP
3179     .Vb 3
3180 root 1.68 \& struct ev_loop *loop = ev_default_init (0);
3181     \& struct ev_loop *loop_socket = 0;
3182 root 1.73 \& ev_embed embed;
3183 root 1.68 \&
3184     \& if (ev_supported_backends () & ~ev_recommended_backends () & EVBACKEND_KQUEUE)
3185     \& if ((loop_socket = ev_loop_new (EVBACKEND_KQUEUE))
3186     \& {
3187     \& ev_embed_init (&embed, 0, loop_socket);
3188     \& ev_embed_start (loop, &embed);
3189     \& }
3190 root 1.60 \&
3191 root 1.68 \& if (!loop_socket)
3192     \& loop_socket = loop;
3193 root 1.60 \&
3194 root 1.68 \& // now use loop_socket for all sockets, and loop for everything else
3195 root 1.60 .Ve
3196 root 1.79 .ie n .SS """ev_fork"" \- the audacity to resume the event loop after a fork"
3197     .el .SS "\f(CWev_fork\fP \- the audacity to resume the event loop after a fork"
3198 root 1.24 .IX Subsection "ev_fork - the audacity to resume the event loop after a fork"
3199     Fork watchers are called when a \f(CW\*(C`fork ()\*(C'\fR was detected (usually because
3200     whoever is a good citizen cared to tell libev about it by calling
3201     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_default_fork\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_fork\*(C'\fR). The invocation is done before the
3202     event loop blocks next and before \f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR watchers are being called,
3203     and only in the child after the fork. If whoever good citizen calling
3204     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_default_fork\*(C'\fR cheats and calls it in the wrong process, the fork
3205     handlers will be invoked, too, of course.
3206 root 1.51 .PP
3207 root 1.78 \fIThe special problem of life after fork \- how is it possible?\fR
3208     .IX Subsection "The special problem of life after fork - how is it possible?"
3209     .PP
3210 root 1.82 Most uses of \f(CW\*(C`fork()\*(C'\fR consist of forking, then some simple calls to set
3211 root 1.78 up/change the process environment, followed by a call to \f(CW\*(C`exec()\*(C'\fR. This
3212     sequence should be handled by libev without any problems.
3213     .PP
3214     This changes when the application actually wants to do event handling
3215     in the child, or both parent in child, in effect \*(L"continuing\*(R" after the
3216     fork.
3217     .PP
3218     The default mode of operation (for libev, with application help to detect
3219     forks) is to duplicate all the state in the child, as would be expected
3220     when \fIeither\fR the parent \fIor\fR the child process continues.
3221     .PP
3222     When both processes want to continue using libev, then this is usually the
3223     wrong result. In that case, usually one process (typically the parent) is
3224     supposed to continue with all watchers in place as before, while the other
3225     process typically wants to start fresh, i.e. without any active watchers.
3226     .PP
3227     The cleanest and most efficient way to achieve that with libev is to
3228     simply create a new event loop, which of course will be \*(L"empty\*(R", and
3229     use that for new watchers. This has the advantage of not touching more
3230     memory than necessary, and thus avoiding the copy-on-write, and the
3231     disadvantage of having to use multiple event loops (which do not support
3232     signal watchers).
3233     .PP
3234     When this is not possible, or you want to use the default loop for
3235     other reasons, then in the process that wants to start \*(L"fresh\*(R", call
3236 root 1.82 \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_destroy (EV_DEFAULT)\*(C'\fR followed by \f(CW\*(C`ev_default_loop (...)\*(C'\fR.
3237     Destroying the default loop will \*(L"orphan\*(R" (not stop) all registered
3238     watchers, so you have to be careful not to execute code that modifies
3239     those watchers. Note also that in that case, you have to re-register any
3240     signal watchers.
3241 root 1.78 .PP
3242 root 1.51 \fIWatcher-Specific Functions and Data Members\fR
3243     .IX Subsection "Watcher-Specific Functions and Data Members"
3244 root 1.82 .IP "ev_fork_init (ev_fork *, callback)" 4
3245     .IX Item "ev_fork_init (ev_fork *, callback)"
3246 root 1.24 Initialises and configures the fork watcher \- it has no parameters of any
3247     kind. There is a \f(CW\*(C`ev_fork_set\*(C'\fR macro, but using it is utterly pointless,
3248 root 1.82 really.
3249     .ie n .SS """ev_cleanup"" \- even the best things end"
3250     .el .SS "\f(CWev_cleanup\fP \- even the best things end"
3251     .IX Subsection "ev_cleanup - even the best things end"
3252     Cleanup watchers are called just before the event loop is being destroyed
3253     by a call to \f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_destroy\*(C'\fR.
3254     .PP
3255     While there is no guarantee that the event loop gets destroyed, cleanup
3256     watchers provide a convenient method to install cleanup hooks for your
3257     program, worker threads and so on \- you just to make sure to destroy the
3258     loop when you want them to be invoked.
3259     .PP
3260     Cleanup watchers are invoked in the same way as any other watcher. Unlike
3261     all other watchers, they do not keep a reference to the event loop (which
3262     makes a lot of sense if you think about it). Like all other watchers, you
3263     can call libev functions in the callback, except \f(CW\*(C`ev_cleanup_start\*(C'\fR.
3264     .PP
3265     \fIWatcher-Specific Functions and Data Members\fR
3266     .IX Subsection "Watcher-Specific Functions and Data Members"
3267     .IP "ev_cleanup_init (ev_cleanup *, callback)" 4
3268     .IX Item "ev_cleanup_init (ev_cleanup *, callback)"
3269     Initialises and configures the cleanup watcher \- it has no parameters of
3270     any kind. There is a \f(CW\*(C`ev_cleanup_set\*(C'\fR macro, but using it is utterly
3271     pointless, I assure you.
3272     .PP
3273     Example: Register an atexit handler to destroy the default loop, so any
3274     cleanup functions are called.
3275     .PP
3276     .Vb 5
3277     \& static void
3278     \& program_exits (void)
3279     \& {
3280     \& ev_loop_destroy (EV_DEFAULT_UC);
3281     \& }
3282     \&
3283     \& ...
3284     \& atexit (program_exits);
3285     .Ve
3286     .ie n .SS """ev_async"" \- how to wake up an event loop"
3287     .el .SS "\f(CWev_async\fP \- how to wake up an event loop"
3288     .IX Subsection "ev_async - how to wake up an event loop"
3289     In general, you cannot use an \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR from multiple threads or other
3290 root 1.61 asynchronous sources such as signal handlers (as opposed to multiple event
3291     loops \- those are of course safe to use in different threads).
3292     .PP
3293 root 1.82 Sometimes, however, you need to wake up an event loop you do not control,
3294     for example because it belongs to another thread. This is what \f(CW\*(C`ev_async\*(C'\fR
3295     watchers do: as long as the \f(CW\*(C`ev_async\*(C'\fR watcher is active, you can signal
3296     it by calling \f(CW\*(C`ev_async_send\*(C'\fR, which is thread\- and signal safe.
3297 root 1.61 .PP
3298     This functionality is very similar to \f(CW\*(C`ev_signal\*(C'\fR watchers, as signals,
3299     too, are asynchronous in nature, and signals, too, will be compressed
3300     (i.e. the number of callback invocations may be less than the number of
3301     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_async_sent\*(C'\fR calls).
3302     .PP
3303     Unlike \f(CW\*(C`ev_signal\*(C'\fR watchers, \f(CW\*(C`ev_async\*(C'\fR works with any event loop, not
3304     just the default loop.
3305     .PP
3306     \fIQueueing\fR
3307     .IX Subsection "Queueing"
3308     .PP
3309     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_async\*(C'\fR does not support queueing of data in any way. The reason
3310     is that the author does not know of a simple (or any) algorithm for a
3311     multiple-writer-single-reader queue that works in all cases and doesn't
3312 root 1.81 need elaborate support such as pthreads or unportable memory access
3313     semantics.
3314 root 1.61 .PP
3315     That means that if you want to queue data, you have to provide your own
3316 root 1.71 queue. But at least I can tell you how to implement locking around your
3317 root 1.61 queue:
3318     .IP "queueing from a signal handler context" 4
3319     .IX Item "queueing from a signal handler context"
3320     To implement race-free queueing, you simply add to the queue in the signal
3321 root 1.72 handler but you block the signal handler in the watcher callback. Here is
3322     an example that does that for some fictitious \s-1SIGUSR1\s0 handler:
3323 root 1.61 .Sp
3324     .Vb 1
3325     \& static ev_async mysig;
3326     \&
3327     \& static void
3328     \& sigusr1_handler (void)
3329     \& {
3330     \& sometype data;
3331     \&
3332     \& // no locking etc.
3333     \& queue_put (data);
3334     \& ev_async_send (EV_DEFAULT_ &mysig);
3335     \& }
3336     \&
3337     \& static void
3338     \& mysig_cb (EV_P_ ev_async *w, int revents)
3339     \& {
3340     \& sometype data;
3341     \& sigset_t block, prev;
3342     \&
3343     \& sigemptyset (&block);
3344     \& sigaddset (&block, SIGUSR1);
3345     \& sigprocmask (SIG_BLOCK, &block, &prev);
3346     \&
3347     \& while (queue_get (&data))
3348     \& process (data);
3349     \&
3350     \& if (sigismember (&prev, SIGUSR1)
3351     \& sigprocmask (SIG_UNBLOCK, &block, 0);
3352     \& }
3353     .Ve
3354     .Sp
3355     (Note: pthreads in theory requires you to use \f(CW\*(C`pthread_setmask\*(C'\fR
3356     instead of \f(CW\*(C`sigprocmask\*(C'\fR when you use threads, but libev doesn't do it
3357     either...).
3358     .IP "queueing from a thread context" 4
3359     .IX Item "queueing from a thread context"
3360     The strategy for threads is different, as you cannot (easily) block
3361     threads but you can easily preempt them, so to queue safely you need to
3362     employ a traditional mutex lock, such as in this pthread example:
3363     .Sp
3364     .Vb 2
3365     \& static ev_async mysig;
3366     \& static pthread_mutex_t mymutex = PTHREAD_MUTEX_INITIALIZER;
3367     \&
3368     \& static void
3369     \& otherthread (void)
3370     \& {
3371     \& // only need to lock the actual queueing operation
3372     \& pthread_mutex_lock (&mymutex);
3373     \& queue_put (data);
3374     \& pthread_mutex_unlock (&mymutex);
3375     \&
3376     \& ev_async_send (EV_DEFAULT_ &mysig);
3377     \& }
3378     \&
3379     \& static void
3380     \& mysig_cb (EV_P_ ev_async *w, int revents)
3381     \& {
3382     \& pthread_mutex_lock (&mymutex);
3383     \&
3384     \& while (queue_get (&data))
3385     \& process (data);
3386     \&
3387     \& pthread_mutex_unlock (&mymutex);
3388     \& }
3389     .Ve
3390     .PP
3391     \fIWatcher-Specific Functions and Data Members\fR
3392     .IX Subsection "Watcher-Specific Functions and Data Members"
3393     .IP "ev_async_init (ev_async *, callback)" 4
3394     .IX Item "ev_async_init (ev_async *, callback)"
3395     Initialises and configures the async watcher \- it has no parameters of any
3396 root 1.73 kind. There is a \f(CW\*(C`ev_async_set\*(C'\fR macro, but using it is utterly pointless,
3397 root 1.71 trust me.
3398 root 1.61 .IP "ev_async_send (loop, ev_async *)" 4
3399     .IX Item "ev_async_send (loop, ev_async *)"
3400     Sends/signals/activates the given \f(CW\*(C`ev_async\*(C'\fR watcher, that is, feeds
3401     an \f(CW\*(C`EV_ASYNC\*(C'\fR event on the watcher into the event loop. Unlike
3402 root 1.71 \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_feed_event\*(C'\fR, this call is safe to do from other threads, signal or
3403 root 1.68 similar contexts (see the discussion of \f(CW\*(C`EV_ATOMIC_T\*(C'\fR in the embedding
3404 root 1.61 section below on what exactly this means).
3405     .Sp
3406 root 1.78 Note that, as with other watchers in libev, multiple events might get
3407     compressed into a single callback invocation (another way to look at this
3408     is that \f(CW\*(C`ev_async\*(C'\fR watchers are level-triggered, set on \f(CW\*(C`ev_async_send\*(C'\fR,
3409     reset when the event loop detects that).
3410     .Sp
3411     This call incurs the overhead of a system call only once per event loop
3412     iteration, so while the overhead might be noticeable, it doesn't apply to
3413     repeated calls to \f(CW\*(C`ev_async_send\*(C'\fR for the same event loop.
3414 root 1.63 .IP "bool = ev_async_pending (ev_async *)" 4
3415     .IX Item "bool = ev_async_pending (ev_async *)"
3416     Returns a non-zero value when \f(CW\*(C`ev_async_send\*(C'\fR has been called on the
3417     watcher but the event has not yet been processed (or even noted) by the
3418     event loop.
3419     .Sp
3420     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_async_send\*(C'\fR sets a flag in the watcher and wakes up the loop. When
3421     the loop iterates next and checks for the watcher to have become active,
3422     it will reset the flag again. \f(CW\*(C`ev_async_pending\*(C'\fR can be used to very
3423 root 1.68 quickly check whether invoking the loop might be a good idea.
3424 root 1.63 .Sp
3425 root 1.78 Not that this does \fInot\fR check whether the watcher itself is pending,
3426     only whether it has been requested to make this watcher pending: there
3427     is a time window between the event loop checking and resetting the async
3428     notification, and the callback being invoked.
3429 root 1.1 .SH "OTHER FUNCTIONS"
3430     .IX Header "OTHER FUNCTIONS"
3431     There are some other functions of possible interest. Described. Here. Now.
3432     .IP "ev_once (loop, int fd, int events, ev_tstamp timeout, callback)" 4
3433     .IX Item "ev_once (loop, int fd, int events, ev_tstamp timeout, callback)"
3434     This function combines a simple timer and an I/O watcher, calls your
3435 root 1.72 callback on whichever event happens first and automatically stops both
3436 root 1.1 watchers. This is useful if you want to wait for a single event on an fd
3437     or timeout without having to allocate/configure/start/stop/free one or
3438     more watchers yourself.
3439     .Sp
3440 root 1.72 If \f(CW\*(C`fd\*(C'\fR is less than 0, then no I/O watcher will be started and the
3441     \&\f(CW\*(C`events\*(C'\fR argument is being ignored. Otherwise, an \f(CW\*(C`ev_io\*(C'\fR watcher for
3442     the given \f(CW\*(C`fd\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`events\*(C'\fR set will be created and started.
3443 root 1.1 .Sp
3444     If \f(CW\*(C`timeout\*(C'\fR is less than 0, then no timeout watcher will be
3445     started. Otherwise an \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR watcher with after = \f(CW\*(C`timeout\*(C'\fR (and
3446 root 1.72 repeat = 0) will be started. \f(CW0\fR is a valid timeout.
3447 root 1.1 .Sp
3448 root 1.82 The callback has the type \f(CW\*(C`void (*cb)(int revents, void *arg)\*(C'\fR and is
3449 root 1.1 passed an \f(CW\*(C`revents\*(C'\fR set like normal event callbacks (a combination of
3450 root 1.82 \&\f(CW\*(C`EV_ERROR\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`EV_READ\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`EV_WRITE\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`EV_TIMER\*(C'\fR) and the \f(CW\*(C`arg\*(C'\fR
3451 root 1.72 value passed to \f(CW\*(C`ev_once\*(C'\fR. Note that it is possible to receive \fIboth\fR
3452     a timeout and an io event at the same time \- you probably should give io
3453     events precedence.
3454     .Sp
3455     Example: wait up to ten seconds for data to appear on \s-1STDIN_FILENO\s0.
3456 root 1.1 .Sp
3457     .Vb 7
3458 root 1.68 \& static void stdin_ready (int revents, void *arg)
3459     \& {
3460 root 1.72 \& if (revents & EV_READ)
3461     \& /* stdin might have data for us, joy! */;
3462 root 1.82 \& else if (revents & EV_TIMER)
3463 root 1.68 \& /* doh, nothing entered */;
3464     \& }
3465 root 1.60 \&
3466 root 1.68 \& ev_once (STDIN_FILENO, EV_READ, 10., stdin_ready, 0);
3467 root 1.1 .Ve
3468 root 1.81 .IP "ev_feed_fd_event (loop, int fd, int revents)" 4
3469     .IX Item "ev_feed_fd_event (loop, int fd, int revents)"
3470 root 1.1 Feed an event on the given fd, as if a file descriptor backend detected
3471     the given events it.
3472 root 1.81 .IP "ev_feed_signal_event (loop, int signum)" 4
3473     .IX Item "ev_feed_signal_event (loop, int signum)"
3474 root 1.68 Feed an event as if the given signal occurred (\f(CW\*(C`loop\*(C'\fR must be the default
3475 root 1.11 loop!).
3476 root 1.1 .SH "LIBEVENT EMULATION"
3477     .IX Header "LIBEVENT EMULATION"
3478     Libev offers a compatibility emulation layer for libevent. It cannot
3479     emulate the internals of libevent, so here are some usage hints:
3480 root 1.60 .IP "\(bu" 4
3481     Use it by including <event.h>, as usual.
3482     .IP "\(bu" 4
3483     The following members are fully supported: ev_base, ev_callback,
3484     ev_arg, ev_fd, ev_res, ev_events.
3485     .IP "\(bu" 4
3486     Avoid using ev_flags and the EVLIST_*\-macros, while it is
3487     maintained by libev, it does not work exactly the same way as in libevent (consider
3488     it a private \s-1API\s0).
3489     .IP "\(bu" 4
3490     Priorities are not currently supported. Initialising priorities
3491     will fail and all watchers will have the same priority, even though there
3492     is an ev_pri field.
3493     .IP "\(bu" 4
3494 root 1.64 In libevent, the last base created gets the signals, in libev, the
3495     first base created (== the default loop) gets the signals.
3496     .IP "\(bu" 4
3497 root 1.60 Other members are not supported.
3498     .IP "\(bu" 4
3499     The libev emulation is \fInot\fR \s-1ABI\s0 compatible to libevent, you need
3500     to use the libev header file and library.
3501 root 1.1 .SH "\*(C+ SUPPORT"
3502     .IX Header " SUPPORT"
3503 root 1.13 Libev comes with some simplistic wrapper classes for \*(C+ that mainly allow
3504 root 1.68 you to use some convenience methods to start/stop watchers and also change
3505 root 1.13 the callback model to a model using method callbacks on objects.
3506     .PP
3507     To use it,
3508     .PP
3509     .Vb 1
3510 root 1.68 \& #include <ev++.h>
3511 root 1.13 .Ve
3512     .PP
3513 root 1.41 This automatically includes \fIev.h\fR and puts all of its definitions (many
3514     of them macros) into the global namespace. All \*(C+ specific things are
3515     put into the \f(CW\*(C`ev\*(C'\fR namespace. It should support all the same embedding
3516     options as \fIev.h\fR, most notably \f(CW\*(C`EV_MULTIPLICITY\*(C'\fR.
3517     .PP
3518 root 1.42 Care has been taken to keep the overhead low. The only data member the \*(C+
3519     classes add (compared to plain C\-style watchers) is the event loop pointer
3520     that the watcher is associated with (or no additional members at all if
3521     you disable \f(CW\*(C`EV_MULTIPLICITY\*(C'\fR when embedding libev).
3522 root 1.41 .PP
3523 root 1.42 Currently, functions, and static and non-static member functions can be
3524 root 1.41 used as callbacks. Other types should be easy to add as long as they only
3525     need one additional pointer for context. If you need support for other
3526     types of functors please contact the author (preferably after implementing
3527     it).
3528 root 1.13 .PP
3529     Here is a list of things available in the \f(CW\*(C`ev\*(C'\fR namespace:
3530 root 1.79 .ie n .IP """ev::READ"", ""ev::WRITE"" etc." 4
3531 root 1.13 .el .IP "\f(CWev::READ\fR, \f(CWev::WRITE\fR etc." 4
3532     .IX Item "ev::READ, ev::WRITE etc."
3533     These are just enum values with the same values as the \f(CW\*(C`EV_READ\*(C'\fR etc.
3534     macros from \fIev.h\fR.
3535 root 1.79 .ie n .IP """ev::tstamp"", ""ev::now""" 4
3536 root 1.13 .el .IP "\f(CWev::tstamp\fR, \f(CWev::now\fR" 4
3537     .IX Item "ev::tstamp, ev::now"
3538     Aliases to the same types/functions as with the \f(CW\*(C`ev_\*(C'\fR prefix.
3539 root 1.79 .ie n .IP """ev::io"", ""ev::timer"", ""ev::periodic"", ""ev::idle"", ""ev::sig"" etc." 4
3540 root 1.13 .el .IP "\f(CWev::io\fR, \f(CWev::timer\fR, \f(CWev::periodic\fR, \f(CWev::idle\fR, \f(CWev::sig\fR etc." 4
3541     .IX Item "ev::io, ev::timer, ev::periodic, ev::idle, ev::sig etc."
3542     For each \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE\*(C'\fR watcher in \fIev.h\fR there is a corresponding class of
3543     the same name in the \f(CW\*(C`ev\*(C'\fR namespace, with the exception of \f(CW\*(C`ev_signal\*(C'\fR
3544     which is called \f(CW\*(C`ev::sig\*(C'\fR to avoid clashes with the \f(CW\*(C`signal\*(C'\fR macro
3545     defines by many implementations.
3546     .Sp
3547     All of those classes have these methods:
3548     .RS 4
3549 root 1.41 .IP "ev::TYPE::TYPE ()" 4
3550     .IX Item "ev::TYPE::TYPE ()"
3551 root 1.13 .PD 0
3552 root 1.81 .IP "ev::TYPE::TYPE (loop)" 4
3553     .IX Item "ev::TYPE::TYPE (loop)"
3554 root 1.13 .IP "ev::TYPE::~TYPE" 4
3555     .IX Item "ev::TYPE::~TYPE"
3556     .PD
3557 root 1.41 The constructor (optionally) takes an event loop to associate the watcher
3558     with. If it is omitted, it will use \f(CW\*(C`EV_DEFAULT\*(C'\fR.
3559     .Sp
3560     The constructor calls \f(CW\*(C`ev_init\*(C'\fR for you, which means you have to call the
3561     \&\f(CW\*(C`set\*(C'\fR method before starting it.
3562     .Sp
3563     It will not set a callback, however: You have to call the templated \f(CW\*(C`set\*(C'\fR
3564     method to set a callback before you can start the watcher.
3565     .Sp
3566     (The reason why you have to use a method is a limitation in \*(C+ which does
3567     not allow explicit template arguments for constructors).
3568 root 1.13 .Sp
3569     The destructor automatically stops the watcher if it is active.
3570 root 1.41 .IP "w\->set<class, &class::method> (object *)" 4
3571     .IX Item "w->set<class, &class::method> (object *)"
3572     This method sets the callback method to call. The method has to have a
3573     signature of \f(CW\*(C`void (*)(ev_TYPE &, int)\*(C'\fR, it receives the watcher as
3574     first argument and the \f(CW\*(C`revents\*(C'\fR as second. The object must be given as
3575     parameter and is stored in the \f(CW\*(C`data\*(C'\fR member of the watcher.
3576     .Sp
3577     This method synthesizes efficient thunking code to call your method from
3578     the C callback that libev requires. If your compiler can inline your
3579     callback (i.e. it is visible to it at the place of the \f(CW\*(C`set\*(C'\fR call and
3580     your compiler is good :), then the method will be fully inlined into the
3581     thunking function, making it as fast as a direct C callback.
3582     .Sp
3583     Example: simple class declaration and watcher initialisation
3584     .Sp
3585     .Vb 4
3586 root 1.68 \& struct myclass
3587     \& {
3588     \& void io_cb (ev::io &w, int revents) { }
3589     \& }
3590     \&
3591     \& myclass obj;
3592     \& ev::io iow;
3593     \& iow.set <myclass, &myclass::io_cb> (&obj);
3594 root 1.41 .Ve
3595 root 1.75 .IP "w\->set (object *)" 4
3596     .IX Item "w->set (object *)"
3597     This is a variation of a method callback \- leaving out the method to call
3598     will default the method to \f(CW\*(C`operator ()\*(C'\fR, which makes it possible to use
3599     functor objects without having to manually specify the \f(CW\*(C`operator ()\*(C'\fR all
3600     the time. Incidentally, you can then also leave out the template argument
3601     list.
3602     .Sp
3603     The \f(CW\*(C`operator ()\*(C'\fR method prototype must be \f(CW\*(C`void operator ()(watcher &w,
3604     int revents)\*(C'\fR.
3605     .Sp
3606     See the method\-\f(CW\*(C`set\*(C'\fR above for more details.
3607     .Sp
3608     Example: use a functor object as callback.
3609     .Sp
3610     .Vb 7
3611     \& struct myfunctor
3612     \& {
3613     \& void operator() (ev::io &w, int revents)
3614     \& {
3615     \& ...
3616     \& }
3617     \& }
3618     \&
3619     \& myfunctor f;
3620     \&
3621     \& ev::io w;
3622     \& w.set (&f);
3623     .Ve
3624 root 1.43 .IP "w\->set<function> (void *data = 0)" 4
3625     .IX Item "w->set<function> (void *data = 0)"
3626 root 1.41 Also sets a callback, but uses a static method or plain function as
3627     callback. The optional \f(CW\*(C`data\*(C'\fR argument will be stored in the watcher's
3628     \&\f(CW\*(C`data\*(C'\fR member and is free for you to use.
3629     .Sp
3630 root 1.43 The prototype of the \f(CW\*(C`function\*(C'\fR must be \f(CW\*(C`void (*)(ev::TYPE &w, int)\*(C'\fR.
3631     .Sp
3632 root 1.41 See the method\-\f(CW\*(C`set\*(C'\fR above for more details.
3633 root 1.43 .Sp
3634 root 1.71 Example: Use a plain function as callback.
3635 root 1.43 .Sp
3636     .Vb 2
3637 root 1.68 \& static void io_cb (ev::io &w, int revents) { }
3638     \& iow.set <io_cb> ();
3639 root 1.43 .Ve
3640 root 1.81 .IP "w\->set (loop)" 4
3641     .IX Item "w->set (loop)"
3642 root 1.13 Associates a different \f(CW\*(C`struct ev_loop\*(C'\fR with this watcher. You can only
3643     do this when the watcher is inactive (and not pending either).
3644 root 1.68 .IP "w\->set ([arguments])" 4
3645     .IX Item "w->set ([arguments])"
3646 root 1.82 Basically the same as \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_set\*(C'\fR, with the same arguments. Either this
3647     method or a suitable start method must be called at least once. Unlike the
3648     C counterpart, an active watcher gets automatically stopped and restarted
3649     when reconfiguring it with this method.
3650 root 1.13 .IP "w\->start ()" 4
3651     .IX Item "w->start ()"
3652 root 1.41 Starts the watcher. Note that there is no \f(CW\*(C`loop\*(C'\fR argument, as the
3653     constructor already stores the event loop.
3654 root 1.82 .IP "w\->start ([arguments])" 4
3655     .IX Item "w->start ([arguments])"
3656     Instead of calling \f(CW\*(C`set\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`start\*(C'\fR methods separately, it is often
3657     convenient to wrap them in one call. Uses the same type of arguments as
3658     the configure \f(CW\*(C`set\*(C'\fR method of the watcher.
3659 root 1.13 .IP "w\->stop ()" 4
3660     .IX Item "w->stop ()"
3661     Stops the watcher if it is active. Again, no \f(CW\*(C`loop\*(C'\fR argument.
3662 root 1.79 .ie n .IP "w\->again () (""ev::timer"", ""ev::periodic"" only)" 4
3663 root 1.52 .el .IP "w\->again () (\f(CWev::timer\fR, \f(CWev::periodic\fR only)" 4
3664     .IX Item "w->again () (ev::timer, ev::periodic only)"
3665 root 1.13 For \f(CW\*(C`ev::timer\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`ev::periodic\*(C'\fR, this invokes the corresponding
3666     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_again\*(C'\fR function.
3667 root 1.52 .ie n .IP "w\->sweep () (""ev::embed"" only)" 4
3668     .el .IP "w\->sweep () (\f(CWev::embed\fR only)" 4
3669     .IX Item "w->sweep () (ev::embed only)"
3670 root 1.13 Invokes \f(CW\*(C`ev_embed_sweep\*(C'\fR.
3671 root 1.52 .ie n .IP "w\->update () (""ev::stat"" only)" 4
3672     .el .IP "w\->update () (\f(CWev::stat\fR only)" 4
3673     .IX Item "w->update () (ev::stat only)"
3674 root 1.23 Invokes \f(CW\*(C`ev_stat_stat\*(C'\fR.
3675 root 1.13 .RE
3676     .RS 4
3677     .RE
3678     .PP
3679 root 1.82 Example: Define a class with two I/O and idle watchers, start the I/O
3680     watchers in the constructor.
3681 root 1.13 .PP
3682 root 1.82 .Vb 5
3683 root 1.68 \& class myclass
3684     \& {
3685 root 1.71 \& ev::io io ; void io_cb (ev::io &w, int revents);
3686 root 1.82 \& ev::io2 io2 ; void io2_cb (ev::io &w, int revents);
3687 root 1.71 \& ev::idle idle; void idle_cb (ev::idle &w, int revents);
3688 root 1.68 \&
3689     \& myclass (int fd)
3690     \& {
3691     \& io .set <myclass, &myclass::io_cb > (this);
3692 root 1.82 \& io2 .set <myclass, &myclass::io2_cb > (this);
3693 root 1.68 \& idle.set <myclass, &myclass::idle_cb> (this);
3694     \&
3695 root 1.82 \& io.set (fd, ev::WRITE); // configure the watcher
3696     \& io.start (); // start it whenever convenient
3697     \&
3698     \& io2.start (fd, ev::READ); // set + start in one call
3699 root 1.68 \& }
3700     \& };
3701 root 1.13 .Ve
3702 root 1.62 .SH "OTHER LANGUAGE BINDINGS"
3703     .IX Header "OTHER LANGUAGE BINDINGS"
3704     Libev does not offer other language bindings itself, but bindings for a
3705 root 1.68 number of languages exist in the form of third-party packages. If you know
3706 root 1.62 any interesting language binding in addition to the ones listed here, drop
3707     me a note.
3708     .IP "Perl" 4
3709     .IX Item "Perl"
3710     The \s-1EV\s0 module implements the full libev \s-1API\s0 and is actually used to test
3711     libev. \s-1EV\s0 is developed together with libev. Apart from the \s-1EV\s0 core module,
3712     there are additional modules that implement libev-compatible interfaces
3713 root 1.71 to \f(CW\*(C`libadns\*(C'\fR (\f(CW\*(C`EV::ADNS\*(C'\fR, but \f(CW\*(C`AnyEvent::DNS\*(C'\fR is preferred nowadays),
3714     \&\f(CW\*(C`Net::SNMP\*(C'\fR (\f(CW\*(C`Net::SNMP::EV\*(C'\fR) and the \f(CW\*(C`libglib\*(C'\fR event core (\f(CW\*(C`Glib::EV\*(C'\fR
3715     and \f(CW\*(C`EV::Glib\*(C'\fR).
3716 root 1.62 .Sp
3717 root 1.68 It can be found and installed via \s-1CPAN\s0, its homepage is at
3718 root 1.62 <http://software.schmorp.de/pkg/EV>.
3719 root 1.68 .IP "Python" 4
3720     .IX Item "Python"
3721     Python bindings can be found at <http://code.google.com/p/pyev/>. It
3722 root 1.78 seems to be quite complete and well-documented.
3723 root 1.62 .IP "Ruby" 4
3724     .IX Item "Ruby"
3725     Tony Arcieri has written a ruby extension that offers access to a subset
3726 root 1.68 of the libev \s-1API\s0 and adds file handle abstractions, asynchronous \s-1DNS\s0 and
3727 root 1.62 more on top of it. It can be found via gem servers. Its homepage is at
3728     <http://rev.rubyforge.org/>.
3729 root 1.75 .Sp
3730     Roger Pack reports that using the link order \f(CW\*(C`\-lws2_32 \-lmsvcrt\-ruby\-190\*(C'\fR
3731     makes rev work even on mingw.
3732 root 1.78 .IP "Haskell" 4
3733     .IX Item "Haskell"
3734     A haskell binding to libev is available at
3735     <http://hackage.haskell.org/cgi\-bin/hackage\-scripts/package/hlibev>.
3736 root 1.62 .IP "D" 4
3737     .IX Item "D"
3738     Leandro Lucarella has written a D language binding (\fIev.d\fR) for libev, to
3739 root 1.71 be found at <http://proj.llucax.com.ar/wiki/evd>.
3740 root 1.73 .IP "Ocaml" 4
3741     .IX Item "Ocaml"
3742     Erkki Seppala has written Ocaml bindings for libev, to be found at
3743     <http://modeemi.cs.tut.fi/~flux/software/ocaml\-ev/>.
3744 root 1.80 .IP "Lua" 4
3745     .IX Item "Lua"
3746 root 1.82 Brian Maher has written a partial interface to libev for lua (at the
3747     time of this writing, only \f(CW\*(C`ev_io\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR), to be found at
3748 root 1.80 <http://github.com/brimworks/lua\-ev>.
3749 root 1.24 .SH "MACRO MAGIC"
3750     .IX Header "MACRO MAGIC"
3751 root 1.68 Libev can be compiled with a variety of options, the most fundamental
3752 root 1.52 of which is \f(CW\*(C`EV_MULTIPLICITY\*(C'\fR. This option determines whether (most)
3753     functions and callbacks have an initial \f(CW\*(C`struct ev_loop *\*(C'\fR argument.
3754 root 1.24 .PP
3755     To make it easier to write programs that cope with either variant, the
3756     following macros are defined:
3757 root 1.79 .ie n .IP """EV_A"", ""EV_A_""" 4
3758 root 1.24 .el .IP "\f(CWEV_A\fR, \f(CWEV_A_\fR" 4
3759     .IX Item "EV_A, EV_A_"
3760     This provides the loop \fIargument\fR for functions, if one is required (\*(L"ev
3761     loop argument\*(R"). The \f(CW\*(C`EV_A\*(C'\fR form is used when this is the sole argument,
3762     \&\f(CW\*(C`EV_A_\*(C'\fR is used when other arguments are following. Example:
3763     .Sp
3764     .Vb 3
3765 root 1.68 \& ev_unref (EV_A);
3766     \& ev_timer_add (EV_A_ watcher);
3767 root 1.82 \& ev_run (EV_A_ 0);
3768 root 1.24 .Ve
3769     .Sp
3770     It assumes the variable \f(CW\*(C`loop\*(C'\fR of type \f(CW\*(C`struct ev_loop *\*(C'\fR is in scope,
3771     which is often provided by the following macro.
3772 root 1.79 .ie n .IP """EV_P"", ""EV_P_""" 4
3773 root 1.24 .el .IP "\f(CWEV_P\fR, \f(CWEV_P_\fR" 4
3774     .IX Item "EV_P, EV_P_"
3775     This provides the loop \fIparameter\fR for functions, if one is required (\*(L"ev
3776     loop parameter\*(R"). The \f(CW\*(C`EV_P\*(C'\fR form is used when this is the sole parameter,
3777     \&\f(CW\*(C`EV_P_\*(C'\fR is used when other parameters are following. Example:
3778     .Sp
3779     .Vb 2
3780 root 1.68 \& // this is how ev_unref is being declared
3781     \& static void ev_unref (EV_P);
3782 root 1.60 \&
3783 root 1.68 \& // this is how you can declare your typical callback
3784     \& static void cb (EV_P_ ev_timer *w, int revents)
3785 root 1.24 .Ve
3786     .Sp
3787     It declares a parameter \f(CW\*(C`loop\*(C'\fR of type \f(CW\*(C`struct ev_loop *\*(C'\fR, quite
3788     suitable for use with \f(CW\*(C`EV_A\*(C'\fR.
3789 root 1.79 .ie n .IP """EV_DEFAULT"", ""EV_DEFAULT_""" 4
3790 root 1.24 .el .IP "\f(CWEV_DEFAULT\fR, \f(CWEV_DEFAULT_\fR" 4
3791     .IX Item "EV_DEFAULT, EV_DEFAULT_"
3792     Similar to the other two macros, this gives you the value of the default
3793     loop, if multiple loops are supported (\*(L"ev loop default\*(R").
3794 root 1.79 .ie n .IP """EV_DEFAULT_UC"", ""EV_DEFAULT_UC_""" 4
3795 root 1.64 .el .IP "\f(CWEV_DEFAULT_UC\fR, \f(CWEV_DEFAULT_UC_\fR" 4
3796     .IX Item "EV_DEFAULT_UC, EV_DEFAULT_UC_"
3797     Usage identical to \f(CW\*(C`EV_DEFAULT\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`EV_DEFAULT_\*(C'\fR, but requires that the
3798     default loop has been initialised (\f(CW\*(C`UC\*(C'\fR == unchecked). Their behaviour
3799     is undefined when the default loop has not been initialised by a previous
3800     execution of \f(CW\*(C`EV_DEFAULT\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`EV_DEFAULT_\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`ev_default_init (...)\*(C'\fR.
3801     .Sp
3802     It is often prudent to use \f(CW\*(C`EV_DEFAULT\*(C'\fR when initialising the first
3803     watcher in a function but use \f(CW\*(C`EV_DEFAULT_UC\*(C'\fR afterwards.
3804 root 1.24 .PP
3805 root 1.36 Example: Declare and initialise a check watcher, utilising the above
3806 root 1.38 macros so it will work regardless of whether multiple loops are supported
3807 root 1.36 or not.
3808 root 1.24 .PP
3809     .Vb 5
3810 root 1.68 \& static void
3811     \& check_cb (EV_P_ ev_timer *w, int revents)
3812     \& {
3813     \& ev_check_stop (EV_A_ w);
3814     \& }
3815     \&
3816     \& ev_check check;
3817     \& ev_check_init (&check, check_cb);
3818     \& ev_check_start (EV_DEFAULT_ &check);
3819 root 1.82 \& ev_run (EV_DEFAULT_ 0);
3820 root 1.24 .Ve
3821 root 1.14 .SH "EMBEDDING"
3822     .IX Header "EMBEDDING"
3823     Libev can (and often is) directly embedded into host
3824     applications. Examples of applications that embed it include the Deliantra
3825     Game Server, the \s-1EV\s0 perl module, the \s-1GNU\s0 Virtual Private Ethernet (gvpe)
3826 root 1.60 and rxvt-unicode.
3827 root 1.14 .PP
3828 root 1.54 The goal is to enable you to just copy the necessary files into your
3829 root 1.14 source directory without having to change even a single line in them, so
3830     you can easily upgrade by simply copying (or having a checked-out copy of
3831     libev somewhere in your source tree).
3832 root 1.79 .SS "\s-1FILESETS\s0"
3833 root 1.14 .IX Subsection "FILESETS"
3834     Depending on what features you need you need to include one or more sets of files
3835 root 1.68 in your application.
3836 root 1.14 .PP
3837     \fI\s-1CORE\s0 \s-1EVENT\s0 \s-1LOOP\s0\fR
3838     .IX Subsection "CORE EVENT LOOP"
3839     .PP
3840     To include only the libev core (all the \f(CW\*(C`ev_*\*(C'\fR functions), with manual
3841     configuration (no autoconf):
3842     .PP
3843     .Vb 2
3844 root 1.68 \& #define EV_STANDALONE 1
3845     \& #include "ev.c"
3846 root 1.14 .Ve
3847     .PP
3848     This will automatically include \fIev.h\fR, too, and should be done in a
3849     single C source file only to provide the function implementations. To use
3850     it, do the same for \fIev.h\fR in all files wishing to use this \s-1API\s0 (best
3851     done by writing a wrapper around \fIev.h\fR that you can include instead and
3852     where you can put other configuration options):
3853     .PP
3854     .Vb 2
3855 root 1.68 \& #define EV_STANDALONE 1
3856     \& #include "ev.h"
3857 root 1.14 .Ve
3858     .PP
3859     Both header files and implementation files can be compiled with a \*(C+
3860 root 1.73 compiler (at least, that's a stated goal, and breakage will be treated
3861 root 1.14 as a bug).
3862     .PP
3863     You need the following files in your source tree, or in a directory
3864     in your include path (e.g. in libev/ when using \-Ilibev):
3865     .PP
3866     .Vb 4
3867 root 1.68 \& ev.h
3868     \& ev.c
3869     \& ev_vars.h
3870     \& ev_wrap.h
3871     \&
3872     \& ev_win32.c required on win32 platforms only
3873     \&
3874     \& ev_select.c only when select backend is enabled (which is enabled by default)
3875     \& ev_poll.c only when poll backend is enabled (disabled by default)
3876     \& ev_epoll.c only when the epoll backend is enabled (disabled by default)
3877     \& ev_kqueue.c only when the kqueue backend is enabled (disabled by default)
3878     \& ev_port.c only when the solaris port backend is enabled (disabled by default)
3879 root 1.14 .Ve
3880     .PP
3881     \&\fIev.c\fR includes the backend files directly when enabled, so you only need
3882 root 1.18 to compile this single file.
3883 root 1.14 .PP
3884     \fI\s-1LIBEVENT\s0 \s-1COMPATIBILITY\s0 \s-1API\s0\fR
3885     .IX Subsection "LIBEVENT COMPATIBILITY API"
3886     .PP
3887     To include the libevent compatibility \s-1API\s0, also include:
3888     .PP
3889     .Vb 1
3890 root 1.68 \& #include "event.c"
3891 root 1.14 .Ve
3892     .PP
3893     in the file including \fIev.c\fR, and:
3894     .PP
3895     .Vb 1
3896 root 1.68 \& #include "event.h"
3897 root 1.14 .Ve
3898     .PP
3899     in the files that want to use the libevent \s-1API\s0. This also includes \fIev.h\fR.
3900     .PP
3901     You need the following additional files for this:
3902     .PP
3903     .Vb 2
3904 root 1.68 \& event.h
3905     \& event.c
3906 root 1.14 .Ve
3907     .PP
3908     \fI\s-1AUTOCONF\s0 \s-1SUPPORT\s0\fR
3909     .IX Subsection "AUTOCONF SUPPORT"
3910     .PP
3911 root 1.68 Instead of using \f(CW\*(C`EV_STANDALONE=1\*(C'\fR and providing your configuration in
3912 root 1.14 whatever way you want, you can also \f(CW\*(C`m4_include([libev.m4])\*(C'\fR in your
3913 root 1.18 \&\fIconfigure.ac\fR and leave \f(CW\*(C`EV_STANDALONE\*(C'\fR undefined. \fIev.c\fR will then
3914     include \fIconfig.h\fR and configure itself accordingly.
3915 root 1.14 .PP
3916     For this of course you need the m4 file:
3917     .PP
3918     .Vb 1
3919 root 1.68 \& libev.m4
3920 root 1.14 .Ve
3921 root 1.79 .SS "\s-1PREPROCESSOR\s0 \s-1SYMBOLS/MACROS\s0"
3922 root 1.14 .IX Subsection "PREPROCESSOR SYMBOLS/MACROS"
3923 root 1.64 Libev can be configured via a variety of preprocessor symbols you have to
3924 root 1.82 define before including (or compiling) any of its files. The default in
3925     the absence of autoconf is documented for every option.
3926     .PP
3927     Symbols marked with \*(L"(h)\*(R" do not change the \s-1ABI\s0, and can have different
3928     values when compiling libev vs. including \fIev.h\fR, so it is permissible
3929     to redefine them before including \fIev.h\fR without breaking compatibility
3930     to a compiled library. All other symbols change the \s-1ABI\s0, which means all
3931     users of libev and the libev code itself must be compiled with compatible
3932     settings.
3933     .IP "\s-1EV_COMPAT3\s0 (h)" 4
3934     .IX Item "EV_COMPAT3 (h)"
3935     Backwards compatibility is a major concern for libev. This is why this
3936     release of libev comes with wrappers for the functions and symbols that
3937     have been renamed between libev version 3 and 4.
3938     .Sp
3939     You can disable these wrappers (to test compatibility with future
3940     versions) by defining \f(CW\*(C`EV_COMPAT3\*(C'\fR to \f(CW0\fR when compiling your
3941     sources. This has the additional advantage that you can drop the \f(CW\*(C`struct\*(C'\fR
3942     from \f(CW\*(C`struct ev_loop\*(C'\fR declarations, as libev will provide an \f(CW\*(C`ev_loop\*(C'\fR
3943     typedef in that case.
3944     .Sp
3945     In some future version, the default for \f(CW\*(C`EV_COMPAT3\*(C'\fR will become \f(CW0\fR,
3946     and in some even more future version the compatibility code will be
3947     removed completely.
3948     .IP "\s-1EV_STANDALONE\s0 (h)" 4
3949     .IX Item "EV_STANDALONE (h)"
3950 root 1.14 Must always be \f(CW1\fR if you do not use autoconf configuration, which
3951     keeps libev from including \fIconfig.h\fR, and it also defines dummy
3952     implementations for some libevent functions (such as logging, which is not
3953     supported). It will also not define any of the structs usually found in
3954     \&\fIevent.h\fR that are not directly supported by the libev core alone.
3955 root 1.75 .Sp
3956 root 1.80 In standalone mode, libev will still try to automatically deduce the
3957 root 1.75 configuration, but has to be more conservative.
3958 root 1.14 .IP "\s-1EV_USE_MONOTONIC\s0" 4
3959     .IX Item "EV_USE_MONOTONIC"
3960     If defined to be \f(CW1\fR, libev will try to detect the availability of the
3961 root 1.75 monotonic clock option at both compile time and runtime. Otherwise no
3962     use of the monotonic clock option will be attempted. If you enable this,
3963     you usually have to link against librt or something similar. Enabling it
3964     when the functionality isn't available is safe, though, although you have
3965 root 1.14 to make sure you link against any libraries where the \f(CW\*(C`clock_gettime\*(C'\fR
3966 root 1.75 function is hiding in (often \fI\-lrt\fR). See also \f(CW\*(C`EV_USE_CLOCK_SYSCALL\*(C'\fR.
3967 root 1.14 .IP "\s-1EV_USE_REALTIME\s0" 4
3968     .IX Item "EV_USE_REALTIME"
3969     If defined to be \f(CW1\fR, libev will try to detect the availability of the
3970 root 1.77 real-time clock option at compile time (and assume its availability
3971     at runtime if successful). Otherwise no use of the real-time clock
3972     option will be attempted. This effectively replaces \f(CW\*(C`gettimeofday\*(C'\fR
3973     by \f(CW\*(C`clock_get (CLOCK_REALTIME, ...)\*(C'\fR and will not normally affect
3974     correctness. See the note about libraries in the description of
3975     \&\f(CW\*(C`EV_USE_MONOTONIC\*(C'\fR, though. Defaults to the opposite value of
3976     \&\f(CW\*(C`EV_USE_CLOCK_SYSCALL\*(C'\fR.
3977 root 1.75 .IP "\s-1EV_USE_CLOCK_SYSCALL\s0" 4
3978     .IX Item "EV_USE_CLOCK_SYSCALL"
3979     If defined to be \f(CW1\fR, libev will try to use a direct syscall instead
3980     of calling the system-provided \f(CW\*(C`clock_gettime\*(C'\fR function. This option
3981     exists because on GNU/Linux, \f(CW\*(C`clock_gettime\*(C'\fR is in \f(CW\*(C`librt\*(C'\fR, but \f(CW\*(C`librt\*(C'\fR
3982     unconditionally pulls in \f(CW\*(C`libpthread\*(C'\fR, slowing down single-threaded
3983     programs needlessly. Using a direct syscall is slightly slower (in
3984     theory), because no optimised vdso implementation can be used, but avoids
3985     the pthread dependency. Defaults to \f(CW1\fR on GNU/Linux with glibc 2.x or
3986     higher, as it simplifies linking (no need for \f(CW\*(C`\-lrt\*(C'\fR).
3987 root 1.56 .IP "\s-1EV_USE_NANOSLEEP\s0" 4
3988     .IX Item "EV_USE_NANOSLEEP"
3989     If defined to be \f(CW1\fR, libev will assume that \f(CW\*(C`nanosleep ()\*(C'\fR is available
3990     and will use it for delays. Otherwise it will use \f(CW\*(C`select ()\*(C'\fR.
3991 root 1.64 .IP "\s-1EV_USE_EVENTFD\s0" 4
3992     .IX Item "EV_USE_EVENTFD"
3993     If defined to be \f(CW1\fR, then libev will assume that \f(CW\*(C`eventfd ()\*(C'\fR is
3994     available and will probe for kernel support at runtime. This will improve
3995     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_signal\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`ev_async\*(C'\fR performance and reduce resource consumption.
3996     If undefined, it will be enabled if the headers indicate GNU/Linux + Glibc
3997     2.7 or newer, otherwise disabled.
3998 root 1.14 .IP "\s-1EV_USE_SELECT\s0" 4
3999     .IX Item "EV_USE_SELECT"
4000     If undefined or defined to be \f(CW1\fR, libev will compile in support for the
4001 root 1.68 \&\f(CW\*(C`select\*(C'\fR(2) backend. No attempt at auto-detection will be done: if no
4002 root 1.14 other method takes over, select will be it. Otherwise the select backend
4003     will not be compiled in.
4004     .IP "\s-1EV_SELECT_USE_FD_SET\s0" 4
4005     .IX Item "EV_SELECT_USE_FD_SET"
4006     If defined to \f(CW1\fR, then the select backend will use the system \f(CW\*(C`fd_set\*(C'\fR
4007     structure. This is useful if libev doesn't compile due to a missing
4008 root 1.75 \&\f(CW\*(C`NFDBITS\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`fd_mask\*(C'\fR definition or it mis-guesses the bitset layout
4009     on exotic systems. This usually limits the range of file descriptors to
4010     some low limit such as 1024 or might have other limitations (winsocket
4011     only allows 64 sockets). The \f(CW\*(C`FD_SETSIZE\*(C'\fR macro, set before compilation,
4012     configures the maximum size of the \f(CW\*(C`fd_set\*(C'\fR.
4013 root 1.14 .IP "\s-1EV_SELECT_IS_WINSOCKET\s0" 4
4014     .IX Item "EV_SELECT_IS_WINSOCKET"
4015     When defined to \f(CW1\fR, the select backend will assume that
4016     select/socket/connect etc. don't understand file descriptors but
4017     wants osf handles on win32 (this is the case when the select to
4018     be used is the winsock select). This means that it will call
4019     \&\f(CW\*(C`_get_osfhandle\*(C'\fR on the fd to convert it to an \s-1OS\s0 handle. Otherwise,
4020     it is assumed that all these functions actually work on fds, even
4021     on win32. Should not be defined on non\-win32 platforms.
4022 root 1.81 .IP "\s-1EV_FD_TO_WIN32_HANDLE\s0(fd)" 4
4023     .IX Item "EV_FD_TO_WIN32_HANDLE(fd)"
4024 root 1.60 If \f(CW\*(C`EV_SELECT_IS_WINSOCKET\*(C'\fR is enabled, then libev needs a way to map
4025     file descriptors to socket handles. When not defining this symbol (the
4026     default), then libev will call \f(CW\*(C`_get_osfhandle\*(C'\fR, which is usually
4027     correct. In some cases, programs use their own file descriptor management,
4028     in which case they can provide this function to map fds to socket handles.
4029 root 1.81 .IP "\s-1EV_WIN32_HANDLE_TO_FD\s0(handle)" 4
4030     .IX Item "EV_WIN32_HANDLE_TO_FD(handle)"
4031     If \f(CW\*(C`EV_SELECT_IS_WINSOCKET\*(C'\fR then libev maps handles to file descriptors
4032     using the standard \f(CW\*(C`_open_osfhandle\*(C'\fR function. For programs implementing
4033     their own fd to handle mapping, overwriting this function makes it easier
4034     to do so. This can be done by defining this macro to an appropriate value.
4035     .IP "\s-1EV_WIN32_CLOSE_FD\s0(fd)" 4
4036     .IX Item "EV_WIN32_CLOSE_FD(fd)"
4037     If programs implement their own fd to handle mapping on win32, then this
4038     macro can be used to override the \f(CW\*(C`close\*(C'\fR function, useful to unregister
4039     file descriptors again. Note that the replacement function has to close
4040     the underlying \s-1OS\s0 handle.
4041 root 1.14 .IP "\s-1EV_USE_POLL\s0" 4
4042     .IX Item "EV_USE_POLL"
4043     If defined to be \f(CW1\fR, libev will compile in support for the \f(CW\*(C`poll\*(C'\fR(2)
4044     backend. Otherwise it will be enabled on non\-win32 platforms. It
4045     takes precedence over select.
4046     .IP "\s-1EV_USE_EPOLL\s0" 4
4047     .IX Item "EV_USE_EPOLL"
4048     If defined to be \f(CW1\fR, libev will compile in support for the Linux
4049     \&\f(CW\*(C`epoll\*(C'\fR(7) backend. Its availability will be detected at runtime,
4050 root 1.64 otherwise another method will be used as fallback. This is the preferred
4051     backend for GNU/Linux systems. If undefined, it will be enabled if the
4052     headers indicate GNU/Linux + Glibc 2.4 or newer, otherwise disabled.
4053 root 1.14 .IP "\s-1EV_USE_KQUEUE\s0" 4
4054     .IX Item "EV_USE_KQUEUE"
4055     If defined to be \f(CW1\fR, libev will compile in support for the \s-1BSD\s0 style
4056     \&\f(CW\*(C`kqueue\*(C'\fR(2) backend. Its actual availability will be detected at runtime,
4057     otherwise another method will be used as fallback. This is the preferred
4058     backend for \s-1BSD\s0 and BSD-like systems, although on most BSDs kqueue only
4059     supports some types of fds correctly (the only platform we found that
4060     supports ptys for example was NetBSD), so kqueue might be compiled in, but
4061     not be used unless explicitly requested. The best way to use it is to find
4062 root 1.16 out whether kqueue supports your type of fd properly and use an embedded
4063 root 1.14 kqueue loop.
4064     .IP "\s-1EV_USE_PORT\s0" 4
4065     .IX Item "EV_USE_PORT"
4066     If defined to be \f(CW1\fR, libev will compile in support for the Solaris
4067     10 port style backend. Its availability will be detected at runtime,
4068     otherwise another method will be used as fallback. This is the preferred
4069     backend for Solaris 10 systems.
4070     .IP "\s-1EV_USE_DEVPOLL\s0" 4
4071     .IX Item "EV_USE_DEVPOLL"
4072 root 1.68 Reserved for future expansion, works like the \s-1USE\s0 symbols above.
4073 root 1.30 .IP "\s-1EV_USE_INOTIFY\s0" 4
4074     .IX Item "EV_USE_INOTIFY"
4075     If defined to be \f(CW1\fR, libev will compile in support for the Linux inotify
4076     interface to speed up \f(CW\*(C`ev_stat\*(C'\fR watchers. Its actual availability will
4077 root 1.64 be detected at runtime. If undefined, it will be enabled if the headers
4078     indicate GNU/Linux + Glibc 2.4 or newer, otherwise disabled.
4079 root 1.61 .IP "\s-1EV_ATOMIC_T\s0" 4
4080     .IX Item "EV_ATOMIC_T"
4081     Libev requires an integer type (suitable for storing \f(CW0\fR or \f(CW1\fR) whose
4082     access is atomic with respect to other threads or signal contexts. No such
4083     type is easily found in the C language, so you can provide your own type
4084     that you know is safe for your purposes. It is used both for signal handler \*(L"locking\*(R"
4085     as well as for signal and thread safety in \f(CW\*(C`ev_async\*(C'\fR watchers.
4086     .Sp
4087 root 1.68 In the absence of this define, libev will use \f(CW\*(C`sig_atomic_t volatile\*(C'\fR
4088 root 1.61 (from \fIsignal.h\fR), which is usually good enough on most platforms.
4089 root 1.82 .IP "\s-1EV_H\s0 (h)" 4
4090     .IX Item "EV_H (h)"
4091 root 1.14 The name of the \fIev.h\fR header file used to include it. The default if
4092 root 1.60 undefined is \f(CW"ev.h"\fR in \fIevent.h\fR, \fIev.c\fR and \fIev++.h\fR. This can be
4093     used to virtually rename the \fIev.h\fR header file in case of conflicts.
4094 root 1.82 .IP "\s-1EV_CONFIG_H\s0 (h)" 4
4095     .IX Item "EV_CONFIG_H (h)"
4096 root 1.14 If \f(CW\*(C`EV_STANDALONE\*(C'\fR isn't \f(CW1\fR, this variable can be used to override
4097     \&\fIev.c\fR's idea of where to find the \fIconfig.h\fR file, similarly to
4098     \&\f(CW\*(C`EV_H\*(C'\fR, above.
4099 root 1.82 .IP "\s-1EV_EVENT_H\s0 (h)" 4
4100     .IX Item "EV_EVENT_H (h)"
4101 root 1.14 Similarly to \f(CW\*(C`EV_H\*(C'\fR, this macro can be used to override \fIevent.c\fR's idea
4102 root 1.60 of how the \fIevent.h\fR header can be found, the default is \f(CW"event.h"\fR.
4103 root 1.82 .IP "\s-1EV_PROTOTYPES\s0 (h)" 4
4104     .IX Item "EV_PROTOTYPES (h)"
4105 root 1.14 If defined to be \f(CW0\fR, then \fIev.h\fR will not define any function
4106     prototypes, but still define all the structs and other symbols. This is
4107     occasionally useful if you want to provide your own wrapper functions
4108     around libev functions.
4109     .IP "\s-1EV_MULTIPLICITY\s0" 4
4110     .IX Item "EV_MULTIPLICITY"
4111     If undefined or defined to \f(CW1\fR, then all event-loop-specific functions
4112     will have the \f(CW\*(C`struct ev_loop *\*(C'\fR as first argument, and you can create
4113     additional independent event loops. Otherwise there will be no support
4114     for multiple event loops and there is no first event loop pointer
4115     argument. Instead, all functions act on the single default loop.
4116 root 1.39 .IP "\s-1EV_MINPRI\s0" 4
4117     .IX Item "EV_MINPRI"
4118     .PD 0
4119     .IP "\s-1EV_MAXPRI\s0" 4
4120     .IX Item "EV_MAXPRI"
4121     .PD
4122     The range of allowed priorities. \f(CW\*(C`EV_MINPRI\*(C'\fR must be smaller or equal to
4123     \&\f(CW\*(C`EV_MAXPRI\*(C'\fR, but otherwise there are no non-obvious limitations. You can
4124     provide for more priorities by overriding those symbols (usually defined
4125     to be \f(CW\*(C`\-2\*(C'\fR and \f(CW2\fR, respectively).
4126     .Sp
4127     When doing priority-based operations, libev usually has to linearly search
4128     all the priorities, so having many of them (hundreds) uses a lot of space
4129     and time, so using the defaults of five priorities (\-2 .. +2) is usually
4130     fine.
4131     .Sp
4132 root 1.71 If your embedding application does not need any priorities, defining these
4133     both to \f(CW0\fR will save some memory and \s-1CPU\s0.
4134 root 1.82 .IP "\s-1EV_PERIODIC_ENABLE\s0, \s-1EV_IDLE_ENABLE\s0, \s-1EV_EMBED_ENABLE\s0, \s-1EV_STAT_ENABLE\s0, \s-1EV_PREPARE_ENABLE\s0, \s-1EV_CHECK_ENABLE\s0, \s-1EV_FORK_ENABLE\s0, \s-1EV_SIGNAL_ENABLE\s0, \s-1EV_ASYNC_ENABLE\s0, \s-1EV_CHILD_ENABLE\s0." 4
4135     .IX Item "EV_PERIODIC_ENABLE, EV_IDLE_ENABLE, EV_EMBED_ENABLE, EV_STAT_ENABLE, EV_PREPARE_ENABLE, EV_CHECK_ENABLE, EV_FORK_ENABLE, EV_SIGNAL_ENABLE, EV_ASYNC_ENABLE, EV_CHILD_ENABLE."
4136     If undefined or defined to be \f(CW1\fR (and the platform supports it), then
4137     the respective watcher type is supported. If defined to be \f(CW0\fR, then it
4138     is not. Disabling watcher types mainly saves code size.
4139     .IP "\s-1EV_FEATURES\s0" 4
4140     .IX Item "EV_FEATURES"
4141 root 1.22 If you need to shave off some kilobytes of code at the expense of some
4142 root 1.82 speed (but with the full \s-1API\s0), you can define this symbol to request
4143     certain subsets of functionality. The default is to enable all features
4144     that can be enabled on the platform.
4145     .Sp
4146     A typical way to use this symbol is to define it to \f(CW0\fR (or to a bitset
4147     with some broad features you want) and then selectively re-enable
4148     additional parts you want, for example if you want everything minimal,
4149     but multiple event loop support, async and child watchers and the poll
4150     backend, use this:
4151     .Sp
4152     .Vb 5
4153     \& #define EV_FEATURES 0
4154     \& #define EV_MULTIPLICITY 1
4155     \& #define EV_USE_POLL 1
4156     \& #define EV_CHILD_ENABLE 1
4157     \& #define EV_ASYNC_ENABLE 1
4158     .Ve
4159     .Sp
4160     The actual value is a bitset, it can be a combination of the following
4161     values:
4162     .RS 4
4163     .ie n .IP "1 \- faster/larger code" 4
4164     .el .IP "\f(CW1\fR \- faster/larger code" 4
4165     .IX Item "1 - faster/larger code"
4166     Use larger code to speed up some operations.
4167     .Sp
4168     Currently this is used to override some inlining decisions (enlarging the
4169     code size by roughly 30% on amd64).
4170     .Sp
4171     When optimising for size, use of compiler flags such as \f(CW\*(C`\-Os\*(C'\fR with
4172     gcc is recommended, as well as \f(CW\*(C`\-DNDEBUG\*(C'\fR, as libev contains a number of
4173     assertions.
4174     .ie n .IP "2 \- faster/larger data structures" 4
4175     .el .IP "\f(CW2\fR \- faster/larger data structures" 4
4176     .IX Item "2 - faster/larger data structures"
4177     Replaces the small 2\-heap for timer management by a faster 4\-heap, larger
4178     hash table sizes and so on. This will usually further increase code size
4179     and can additionally have an effect on the size of data structures at
4180     runtime.
4181     .ie n .IP "4 \- full \s-1API\s0 configuration" 4
4182     .el .IP "\f(CW4\fR \- full \s-1API\s0 configuration" 4
4183     .IX Item "4 - full API configuration"
4184     This enables priorities (sets \f(CW\*(C`EV_MAXPRI\*(C'\fR=2 and \f(CW\*(C`EV_MINPRI\*(C'\fR=\-2), and
4185     enables multiplicity (\f(CW\*(C`EV_MULTIPLICITY\*(C'\fR=1).
4186     .ie n .IP "8 \- full \s-1API\s0" 4
4187     .el .IP "\f(CW8\fR \- full \s-1API\s0" 4
4188     .IX Item "8 - full API"
4189     This enables a lot of the \*(L"lesser used\*(R" \s-1API\s0 functions. See \f(CW\*(C`ev.h\*(C'\fR for
4190     details on which parts of the \s-1API\s0 are still available without this
4191     feature, and do not complain if this subset changes over time.
4192     .ie n .IP "16 \- enable all optional watcher types" 4
4193     .el .IP "\f(CW16\fR \- enable all optional watcher types" 4
4194     .IX Item "16 - enable all optional watcher types"
4195     Enables all optional watcher types. If you want to selectively enable
4196     only some watcher types other than I/O and timers (e.g. prepare,
4197     embed, async, child...) you can enable them manually by defining
4198     \&\f(CW\*(C`EV_watchertype_ENABLE\*(C'\fR to \f(CW1\fR instead.
4199     .ie n .IP "32 \- enable all backends" 4
4200     .el .IP "\f(CW32\fR \- enable all backends" 4
4201     .IX Item "32 - enable all backends"
4202     This enables all backends \- without this feature, you need to enable at
4203     least one backend manually (\f(CW\*(C`EV_USE_SELECT\*(C'\fR is a good choice).
4204     .ie n .IP "64 \- enable OS-specific ""helper"" APIs" 4
4205     .el .IP "\f(CW64\fR \- enable OS-specific ``helper'' APIs" 4
4206     .IX Item "64 - enable OS-specific helper APIs"
4207     Enable inotify, eventfd, signalfd and similar OS-specific helper APIs by
4208     default.
4209     .RE
4210     .RS 4
4211     .Sp
4212     Compiling with \f(CW\*(C`gcc \-Os \-DEV_STANDALONE \-DEV_USE_EPOLL=1 \-DEV_FEATURES=0\*(C'\fR
4213     reduces the compiled size of libev from 24.7Kb code/2.8Kb data to 6.5Kb
4214     code/0.3Kb data on my GNU/Linux amd64 system, while still giving you I/O
4215     watchers, timers and monotonic clock support.
4216     .Sp
4217     With an intelligent-enough linker (gcc+binutils are intelligent enough
4218     when you use \f(CW\*(C`\-Wl,\-\-gc\-sections \-ffunction\-sections\*(C'\fR) functions unused by
4219     your program might be left out as well \- a binary starting a timer and an
4220     I/O watcher then might come out at only 5Kb.
4221     .RE
4222     .IP "\s-1EV_AVOID_STDIO\s0" 4
4223     .IX Item "EV_AVOID_STDIO"
4224     If this is set to \f(CW1\fR at compiletime, then libev will avoid using stdio
4225     functions (printf, scanf, perror etc.). This will increase the code size
4226     somewhat, but if your program doesn't otherwise depend on stdio and your
4227     libc allows it, this avoids linking in the stdio library which is quite
4228     big.
4229     .Sp
4230     Note that error messages might become less precise when this option is
4231     enabled.
4232 root 1.80 .IP "\s-1EV_NSIG\s0" 4
4233     .IX Item "EV_NSIG"
4234     The highest supported signal number, +1 (or, the number of
4235     signals): Normally, libev tries to deduce the maximum number of signals
4236     automatically, but sometimes this fails, in which case it can be
4237     specified. Also, using a lower number than detected (\f(CW32\fR should be
4238 root 1.82 good for about any system in existence) can save some memory, as libev
4239 root 1.80 statically allocates some 12\-24 bytes per signal number.
4240 root 1.25 .IP "\s-1EV_PID_HASHSIZE\s0" 4
4241     .IX Item "EV_PID_HASHSIZE"
4242     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_child\*(C'\fR watchers use a small hash table to distribute workload by
4243 root 1.82 pid. The default size is \f(CW16\fR (or \f(CW1\fR with \f(CW\*(C`EV_FEATURES\*(C'\fR disabled),
4244     usually more than enough. If you need to manage thousands of children you
4245     might want to increase this value (\fImust\fR be a power of two).
4246 root 1.30 .IP "\s-1EV_INOTIFY_HASHSIZE\s0" 4
4247     .IX Item "EV_INOTIFY_HASHSIZE"
4248 root 1.59 \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_stat\*(C'\fR watchers use a small hash table to distribute workload by
4249 root 1.82 inotify watch id. The default size is \f(CW16\fR (or \f(CW1\fR with \f(CW\*(C`EV_FEATURES\*(C'\fR
4250     disabled), usually more than enough. If you need to manage thousands of
4251     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_stat\*(C'\fR watchers you might want to increase this value (\fImust\fR be a
4252     power of two).
4253 root 1.65 .IP "\s-1EV_USE_4HEAP\s0" 4
4254     .IX Item "EV_USE_4HEAP"
4255     Heaps are not very cache-efficient. To improve the cache-efficiency of the
4256 root 1.71 timer and periodics heaps, libev uses a 4\-heap when this symbol is defined
4257     to \f(CW1\fR. The 4\-heap uses more complicated (longer) code but has noticeably
4258     faster performance with many (thousands) of watchers.
4259 root 1.65 .Sp
4260 root 1.82 The default is \f(CW1\fR, unless \f(CW\*(C`EV_FEATURES\*(C'\fR overrides it, in which case it
4261     will be \f(CW0\fR.
4262 root 1.65 .IP "\s-1EV_HEAP_CACHE_AT\s0" 4
4263     .IX Item "EV_HEAP_CACHE_AT"
4264     Heaps are not very cache-efficient. To improve the cache-efficiency of the
4265 root 1.71 timer and periodics heaps, libev can cache the timestamp (\fIat\fR) within
4266 root 1.65 the heap structure (selected by defining \f(CW\*(C`EV_HEAP_CACHE_AT\*(C'\fR to \f(CW1\fR),
4267     which uses 8\-12 bytes more per watcher and a few hundred bytes more code,
4268 root 1.67 but avoids random read accesses on heap changes. This improves performance
4269 root 1.71 noticeably with many (hundreds) of watchers.
4270 root 1.65 .Sp
4271 root 1.82 The default is \f(CW1\fR, unless \f(CW\*(C`EV_FEATURES\*(C'\fR overrides it, in which case it
4272     will be \f(CW0\fR.
4273 root 1.67 .IP "\s-1EV_VERIFY\s0" 4
4274     .IX Item "EV_VERIFY"
4275 root 1.82 Controls how much internal verification (see \f(CW\*(C`ev_verify ()\*(C'\fR) will
4276 root 1.67 be done: If set to \f(CW0\fR, no internal verification code will be compiled
4277     in. If set to \f(CW1\fR, then verification code will be compiled in, but not
4278     called. If set to \f(CW2\fR, then the internal verification code will be
4279     called once per loop, which can slow down libev. If set to \f(CW3\fR, then the
4280     verification code will be called very frequently, which will slow down
4281     libev considerably.
4282     .Sp
4283 root 1.82 The default is \f(CW1\fR, unless \f(CW\*(C`EV_FEATURES\*(C'\fR overrides it, in which case it
4284     will be \f(CW0\fR.
4285 root 1.14 .IP "\s-1EV_COMMON\s0" 4
4286     .IX Item "EV_COMMON"
4287     By default, all watchers have a \f(CW\*(C`void *data\*(C'\fR member. By redefining
4288 root 1.82 this macro to something else you can include more and other types of
4289 root 1.14 members. You have to define it each time you include one of the files,
4290     though, and it must be identical each time.
4291     .Sp
4292     For example, the perl \s-1EV\s0 module uses something like this:
4293     .Sp
4294     .Vb 3
4295 root 1.68 \& #define EV_COMMON \e
4296     \& SV *self; /* contains this struct */ \e
4297     \& SV *cb_sv, *fh /* note no trailing ";" */
4298 root 1.14 .Ve
4299 root 1.19 .IP "\s-1EV_CB_DECLARE\s0 (type)" 4
4300     .IX Item "EV_CB_DECLARE (type)"
4301 root 1.14 .PD 0
4302 root 1.19 .IP "\s-1EV_CB_INVOKE\s0 (watcher, revents)" 4
4303     .IX Item "EV_CB_INVOKE (watcher, revents)"
4304     .IP "ev_set_cb (ev, cb)" 4
4305     .IX Item "ev_set_cb (ev, cb)"
4306 root 1.14 .PD
4307     Can be used to change the callback member declaration in each watcher,
4308     and the way callbacks are invoked and set. Must expand to a struct member
4309 root 1.54 definition and a statement, respectively. See the \fIev.h\fR header file for
4310 root 1.14 their default definitions. One possible use for overriding these is to
4311 root 1.19 avoid the \f(CW\*(C`struct ev_loop *\*(C'\fR as first argument in all cases, or to use
4312     method calls instead of plain function calls in \*(C+.
4313 root 1.79 .SS "\s-1EXPORTED\s0 \s-1API\s0 \s-1SYMBOLS\s0"
4314 root 1.53 .IX Subsection "EXPORTED API SYMBOLS"
4315 root 1.68 If you need to re-export the \s-1API\s0 (e.g. via a \s-1DLL\s0) and you need a list of
4316 root 1.53 exported symbols, you can use the provided \fISymbol.*\fR files which list
4317     all public symbols, one per line:
4318 root 1.60 .PP
4319 root 1.53 .Vb 2
4320 root 1.68 \& Symbols.ev for libev proper
4321     \& Symbols.event for the libevent emulation
4322 root 1.53 .Ve
4323 root 1.60 .PP
4324 root 1.53 This can also be used to rename all public symbols to avoid clashes with
4325     multiple versions of libev linked together (which is obviously bad in
4326 root 1.68 itself, but sometimes it is inconvenient to avoid this).
4327 root 1.60 .PP
4328 root 1.54 A sed command like this will create wrapper \f(CW\*(C`#define\*(C'\fR's that you need to
4329 root 1.53 include before including \fIev.h\fR:
4330 root 1.60 .PP
4331 root 1.53 .Vb 1
4332 root 1.60 \& <Symbols.ev sed \-e "s/.*/#define & myprefix_&/" >wrap.h
4333 root 1.53 .Ve
4334 root 1.60 .PP
4335 root 1.53 This would create a file \fIwrap.h\fR which essentially looks like this:
4336 root 1.60 .PP
4337 root 1.53 .Vb 4
4338     \& #define ev_backend myprefix_ev_backend
4339     \& #define ev_check_start myprefix_ev_check_start
4340     \& #define ev_check_stop myprefix_ev_check_stop
4341     \& ...
4342     .Ve
4343 root 1.79 .SS "\s-1EXAMPLES\s0"
4344 root 1.14 .IX Subsection "EXAMPLES"
4345     For a real-world example of a program the includes libev
4346     verbatim, you can have a look at the \s-1EV\s0 perl module
4347     (<http://software.schmorp.de/pkg/EV.html>). It has the libev files in
4348     the \fIlibev/\fR subdirectory and includes them in the \fI\s-1EV/EVAPI\s0.h\fR (public
4349     interface) and \fI\s-1EV\s0.xs\fR (implementation) files. Only the \fI\s-1EV\s0.xs\fR file
4350     will be compiled. It is pretty complex because it provides its own header
4351     file.
4352 root 1.60 .PP
4353 root 1.14 The usage in rxvt-unicode is simpler. It has a \fIev_cpp.h\fR header file
4354 root 1.36 that everybody includes and which overrides some configure choices:
4355 root 1.60 .PP
4356 root 1.82 .Vb 8
4357     \& #define EV_FEATURES 8
4358     \& #define EV_USE_SELECT 1
4359     \& #define EV_PREPARE_ENABLE 1
4360     \& #define EV_IDLE_ENABLE 1
4361     \& #define EV_SIGNAL_ENABLE 1
4362     \& #define EV_CHILD_ENABLE 1
4363     \& #define EV_USE_STDEXCEPT 0
4364 root 1.68 \& #define EV_CONFIG_H <config.h>
4365 root 1.60 \&
4366 root 1.68 \& #include "ev++.h"
4367 root 1.14 .Ve
4368 root 1.60 .PP
4369 root 1.14 And a \fIev_cpp.C\fR implementation file that contains libev proper and is compiled:
4370 root 1.60 .PP
4371 root 1.14 .Vb 2
4372 root 1.68 \& #include "ev_cpp.h"
4373     \& #include "ev.c"
4374 root 1.14 .Ve
4375 root 1.72 .SH "INTERACTION WITH OTHER PROGRAMS OR LIBRARIES"
4376     .IX Header "INTERACTION WITH OTHER PROGRAMS OR LIBRARIES"
4377 root 1.79 .SS "\s-1THREADS\s0 \s-1AND\s0 \s-1COROUTINES\s0"
4378 root 1.72 .IX Subsection "THREADS AND COROUTINES"
4379     \fI\s-1THREADS\s0\fR
4380 root 1.64 .IX Subsection "THREADS"
4381 root 1.72 .PP
4382 root 1.71 All libev functions are reentrant and thread-safe unless explicitly
4383 root 1.72 documented otherwise, but libev implements no locking itself. This means
4384     that you can use as many loops as you want in parallel, as long as there
4385     are no concurrent calls into any libev function with the same loop
4386     parameter (\f(CW\*(C`ev_default_*\*(C'\fR calls have an implicit default loop parameter,
4387     of course): libev guarantees that different event loops share no data
4388 root 1.71 structures that need any locking.
4389     .PP
4390     Or to put it differently: calls with different loop parameters can be done
4391     concurrently from multiple threads, calls with the same loop parameter
4392     must be done serially (but can be done from different threads, as long as
4393     only one thread ever is inside a call at any point in time, e.g. by using
4394     a mutex per loop).
4395     .PP
4396     Specifically to support threads (and signal handlers), libev implements
4397     so-called \f(CW\*(C`ev_async\*(C'\fR watchers, which allow some limited form of
4398     concurrency on the same event loop, namely waking it up \*(L"from the
4399     outside\*(R".
4400 root 1.64 .PP
4401 root 1.70 If you want to know which design (one loop, locking, or multiple loops
4402     without or something else still) is best for your problem, then I cannot
4403 root 1.71 help you, but here is some generic advice:
4404 root 1.64 .IP "\(bu" 4
4405     most applications have a main thread: use the default libev loop
4406 root 1.68 in that thread, or create a separate thread running only the default loop.
4407 root 1.64 .Sp
4408     This helps integrating other libraries or software modules that use libev
4409     themselves and don't care/know about threading.
4410     .IP "\(bu" 4
4411     one loop per thread is usually a good model.
4412     .Sp
4413     Doing this is almost never wrong, sometimes a better-performance model
4414     exists, but it is always a good start.
4415     .IP "\(bu" 4
4416     other models exist, such as the leader/follower pattern, where one
4417 root 1.68 loop is handed through multiple threads in a kind of round-robin fashion.
4418 root 1.64 .Sp
4419 root 1.68 Choosing a model is hard \- look around, learn, know that usually you can do
4420 root 1.64 better than you currently do :\-)
4421     .IP "\(bu" 4
4422     often you need to talk to some other thread which blocks in the
4423 root 1.71 event loop.
4424     .Sp
4425     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_async\*(C'\fR watchers can be used to wake them up from other threads safely
4426     (or from signal contexts...).
4427     .Sp
4428     An example use would be to communicate signals or other events that only
4429     work in the default loop by registering the signal watcher with the
4430     default loop and triggering an \f(CW\*(C`ev_async\*(C'\fR watcher from the default loop
4431     watcher callback into the event loop interested in the signal.
4432 root 1.72 .PP
4433 root 1.79 \s-1THREAD\s0 \s-1LOCKING\s0 \s-1EXAMPLE\s0
4434     .IX Subsection "THREAD LOCKING EXAMPLE"
4435     .PP
4436     Here is a fictitious example of how to run an event loop in a different
4437     thread than where callbacks are being invoked and watchers are
4438     created/added/removed.
4439     .PP
4440     For a real-world example, see the \f(CW\*(C`EV::Loop::Async\*(C'\fR perl module,
4441     which uses exactly this technique (which is suited for many high-level
4442     languages).
4443     .PP
4444     The example uses a pthread mutex to protect the loop data, a condition
4445     variable to wait for callback invocations, an async watcher to notify the
4446     event loop thread and an unspecified mechanism to wake up the main thread.
4447     .PP
4448     First, you need to associate some data with the event loop:
4449     .PP
4450     .Vb 6
4451     \& typedef struct {
4452     \& mutex_t lock; /* global loop lock */
4453     \& ev_async async_w;
4454     \& thread_t tid;
4455     \& cond_t invoke_cv;
4456     \& } userdata;
4457     \&
4458     \& void prepare_loop (EV_P)
4459     \& {
4460     \& // for simplicity, we use a static userdata struct.
4461     \& static userdata u;
4462     \&
4463     \& ev_async_init (&u\->async_w, async_cb);
4464     \& ev_async_start (EV_A_ &u\->async_w);
4465     \&
4466     \& pthread_mutex_init (&u\->lock, 0);
4467     \& pthread_cond_init (&u\->invoke_cv, 0);
4468     \&
4469     \& // now associate this with the loop
4470     \& ev_set_userdata (EV_A_ u);
4471     \& ev_set_invoke_pending_cb (EV_A_ l_invoke);
4472     \& ev_set_loop_release_cb (EV_A_ l_release, l_acquire);
4473     \&
4474     \& // then create the thread running ev_loop
4475     \& pthread_create (&u\->tid, 0, l_run, EV_A);
4476     \& }
4477     .Ve
4478     .PP
4479     The callback for the \f(CW\*(C`ev_async\*(C'\fR watcher does nothing: the watcher is used
4480     solely to wake up the event loop so it takes notice of any new watchers
4481     that might have been added:
4482     .PP
4483     .Vb 5
4484     \& static void
4485     \& async_cb (EV_P_ ev_async *w, int revents)
4486     \& {
4487     \& // just used for the side effects
4488     \& }
4489     .Ve
4490     .PP
4491     The \f(CW\*(C`l_release\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`l_acquire\*(C'\fR callbacks simply unlock/lock the mutex
4492     protecting the loop data, respectively.
4493     .PP
4494     .Vb 6
4495     \& static void
4496     \& l_release (EV_P)
4497     \& {
4498     \& userdata *u = ev_userdata (EV_A);
4499     \& pthread_mutex_unlock (&u\->lock);
4500     \& }
4501     \&
4502     \& static void
4503     \& l_acquire (EV_P)
4504     \& {
4505     \& userdata *u = ev_userdata (EV_A);
4506     \& pthread_mutex_lock (&u\->lock);
4507     \& }
4508     .Ve
4509     .PP
4510     The event loop thread first acquires the mutex, and then jumps straight
4511 root 1.82 into \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR:
4512 root 1.79 .PP
4513     .Vb 4
4514     \& void *
4515     \& l_run (void *thr_arg)
4516     \& {
4517     \& struct ev_loop *loop = (struct ev_loop *)thr_arg;
4518     \&
4519     \& l_acquire (EV_A);
4520     \& pthread_setcanceltype (PTHREAD_CANCEL_ASYNCHRONOUS, 0);
4521 root 1.82 \& ev_run (EV_A_ 0);
4522 root 1.79 \& l_release (EV_A);
4523     \&
4524     \& return 0;
4525     \& }
4526     .Ve
4527     .PP
4528     Instead of invoking all pending watchers, the \f(CW\*(C`l_invoke\*(C'\fR callback will
4529     signal the main thread via some unspecified mechanism (signals? pipe
4530     writes? \f(CW\*(C`Async::Interrupt\*(C'\fR?) and then waits until all pending watchers
4531     have been called (in a while loop because a) spurious wakeups are possible
4532     and b) skipping inter-thread-communication when there are no pending
4533     watchers is very beneficial):
4534     .PP
4535     .Vb 4
4536     \& static void
4537     \& l_invoke (EV_P)
4538     \& {
4539     \& userdata *u = ev_userdata (EV_A);
4540     \&
4541     \& while (ev_pending_count (EV_A))
4542     \& {
4543     \& wake_up_other_thread_in_some_magic_or_not_so_magic_way ();
4544     \& pthread_cond_wait (&u\->invoke_cv, &u\->lock);
4545     \& }
4546     \& }
4547     .Ve
4548     .PP
4549     Now, whenever the main thread gets told to invoke pending watchers, it
4550     will grab the lock, call \f(CW\*(C`ev_invoke_pending\*(C'\fR and then signal the loop
4551     thread to continue:
4552     .PP
4553     .Vb 4
4554     \& static void
4555     \& real_invoke_pending (EV_P)
4556     \& {
4557     \& userdata *u = ev_userdata (EV_A);
4558     \&
4559     \& pthread_mutex_lock (&u\->lock);
4560     \& ev_invoke_pending (EV_A);
4561     \& pthread_cond_signal (&u\->invoke_cv);
4562     \& pthread_mutex_unlock (&u\->lock);
4563     \& }
4564     .Ve
4565     .PP
4566     Whenever you want to start/stop a watcher or do other modifications to an
4567     event loop, you will now have to lock:
4568     .PP
4569     .Vb 2
4570     \& ev_timer timeout_watcher;
4571     \& userdata *u = ev_userdata (EV_A);
4572     \&
4573     \& ev_timer_init (&timeout_watcher, timeout_cb, 5.5, 0.);
4574     \&
4575     \& pthread_mutex_lock (&u\->lock);
4576     \& ev_timer_start (EV_A_ &timeout_watcher);
4577     \& ev_async_send (EV_A_ &u\->async_w);
4578     \& pthread_mutex_unlock (&u\->lock);
4579     .Ve
4580     .PP
4581     Note that sending the \f(CW\*(C`ev_async\*(C'\fR watcher is required because otherwise
4582     an event loop currently blocking in the kernel will have no knowledge
4583     about the newly added timer. By waking up the loop it will pick up any new
4584     watchers in the next event loop iteration.
4585     .PP
4586 root 1.72 \fI\s-1COROUTINES\s0\fR
4587 root 1.64 .IX Subsection "COROUTINES"
4588 root 1.72 .PP
4589     Libev is very accommodating to coroutines (\*(L"cooperative threads\*(R"):
4590     libev fully supports nesting calls to its functions from different
4591 root 1.82 coroutines (e.g. you can call \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR on the same loop from two
4592 root 1.79 different coroutines, and switch freely between both coroutines running
4593     the loop, as long as you don't confuse yourself). The only exception is
4594     that you must not do this from \f(CW\*(C`ev_periodic\*(C'\fR reschedule callbacks.
4595 root 1.64 .PP
4596 root 1.71 Care has been taken to ensure that libev does not keep local state inside
4597 root 1.82 \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR, and other calls do not usually allow for coroutine switches as
4598 root 1.73 they do not call any callbacks.
4599 root 1.79 .SS "\s-1COMPILER\s0 \s-1WARNINGS\s0"
4600 root 1.72 .IX Subsection "COMPILER WARNINGS"
4601     Depending on your compiler and compiler settings, you might get no or a
4602     lot of warnings when compiling libev code. Some people are apparently
4603     scared by this.
4604     .PP
4605     However, these are unavoidable for many reasons. For one, each compiler
4606     has different warnings, and each user has different tastes regarding
4607     warning options. \*(L"Warn-free\*(R" code therefore cannot be a goal except when
4608     targeting a specific compiler and compiler-version.
4609     .PP
4610     Another reason is that some compiler warnings require elaborate
4611     workarounds, or other changes to the code that make it less clear and less
4612     maintainable.
4613     .PP
4614     And of course, some compiler warnings are just plain stupid, or simply
4615     wrong (because they don't actually warn about the condition their message
4616     seems to warn about). For example, certain older gcc versions had some
4617 root 1.82 warnings that resulted in an extreme number of false positives. These have
4618 root 1.72 been fixed, but some people still insist on making code warn-free with
4619     such buggy versions.
4620     .PP
4621     While libev is written to generate as few warnings as possible,
4622     \&\*(L"warn-free\*(R" code is not a goal, and it is recommended not to build libev
4623     with any compiler warnings enabled unless you are prepared to cope with
4624     them (e.g. by ignoring them). Remember that warnings are just that:
4625     warnings, not errors, or proof of bugs.
4626 root 1.79 .SS "\s-1VALGRIND\s0"
4627 root 1.72 .IX Subsection "VALGRIND"
4628     Valgrind has a special section here because it is a popular tool that is
4629     highly useful. Unfortunately, valgrind reports are very hard to interpret.
4630     .PP
4631     If you think you found a bug (memory leak, uninitialised data access etc.)
4632     in libev, then check twice: If valgrind reports something like:
4633     .PP
4634     .Vb 3
4635     \& ==2274== definitely lost: 0 bytes in 0 blocks.
4636     \& ==2274== possibly lost: 0 bytes in 0 blocks.
4637     \& ==2274== still reachable: 256 bytes in 1 blocks.
4638     .Ve
4639     .PP
4640     Then there is no memory leak, just as memory accounted to global variables
4641 root 1.73 is not a memleak \- the memory is still being referenced, and didn't leak.
4642 root 1.72 .PP
4643     Similarly, under some circumstances, valgrind might report kernel bugs
4644     as if it were a bug in libev (e.g. in realloc or in the poll backend,
4645     although an acceptable workaround has been found here), or it might be
4646     confused.
4647     .PP
4648     Keep in mind that valgrind is a very good tool, but only a tool. Don't
4649     make it into some kind of religion.
4650     .PP
4651     If you are unsure about something, feel free to contact the mailing list
4652     with the full valgrind report and an explanation on why you think this
4653     is a bug in libev (best check the archives, too :). However, don't be
4654     annoyed when you get a brisk \*(L"this is no bug\*(R" answer and take the chance
4655     of learning how to interpret valgrind properly.
4656 root 1.60 .PP
4657 root 1.72 If you need, for some reason, empty reports from valgrind for your project
4658     I suggest using suppression lists.
4659     .SH "PORTABILITY NOTES"
4660     .IX Header "PORTABILITY NOTES"
4661 root 1.82 .SS "\s-1GNU/LINUX\s0 32 \s-1BIT\s0 \s-1LIMITATIONS\s0"
4662     .IX Subsection "GNU/LINUX 32 BIT LIMITATIONS"
4663     GNU/Linux is the only common platform that supports 64 bit file/large file
4664     interfaces but \fIdisables\fR them by default.
4665     .PP
4666     That means that libev compiled in the default environment doesn't support
4667     files larger than 2GiB or so, which mainly affects \f(CW\*(C`ev_stat\*(C'\fR watchers.
4668     .PP
4669     Unfortunately, many programs try to work around this GNU/Linux issue
4670     by enabling the large file \s-1API\s0, which makes them incompatible with the
4671     standard libev compiled for their system.
4672     .PP
4673     Likewise, libev cannot enable the large file \s-1API\s0 itself as this would
4674     suddenly make it incompatible to the default compile time environment,
4675     i.e. all programs not using special compile switches.
4676     .SS "\s-1OS/X\s0 \s-1AND\s0 \s-1DARWIN\s0 \s-1BUGS\s0"
4677     .IX Subsection "OS/X AND DARWIN BUGS"
4678     The whole thing is a bug if you ask me \- basically any system interface
4679     you touch is broken, whether it is locales, poll, kqueue or even the
4680     OpenGL drivers.
4681     .PP
4682     \fI\f(CI\*(C`kqueue\*(C'\fI is buggy\fR
4683     .IX Subsection "kqueue is buggy"
4684     .PP
4685     The kqueue syscall is broken in all known versions \- most versions support
4686     only sockets, many support pipes.
4687     .PP
4688     Libev tries to work around this by not using \f(CW\*(C`kqueue\*(C'\fR by default on this
4689     rotten platform, but of course you can still ask for it when creating a
4690     loop \- embedding a socket-only kqueue loop into a select-based one is
4691     probably going to work well.
4692     .PP
4693     \fI\f(CI\*(C`poll\*(C'\fI is buggy\fR
4694     .IX Subsection "poll is buggy"
4695     .PP
4696     Instead of fixing \f(CW\*(C`kqueue\*(C'\fR, Apple replaced their (working) \f(CW\*(C`poll\*(C'\fR
4697     implementation by something calling \f(CW\*(C`kqueue\*(C'\fR internally around the 10.5.6
4698     release, so now \f(CW\*(C`kqueue\*(C'\fR \fIand\fR \f(CW\*(C`poll\*(C'\fR are broken.
4699     .PP
4700     Libev tries to work around this by not using \f(CW\*(C`poll\*(C'\fR by default on
4701     this rotten platform, but of course you can still ask for it when creating
4702     a loop.
4703     .PP
4704     \fI\f(CI\*(C`select\*(C'\fI is buggy\fR
4705     .IX Subsection "select is buggy"
4706     .PP
4707     All that's left is \f(CW\*(C`select\*(C'\fR, and of course Apple found a way to fuck this
4708     one up as well: On \s-1OS/X\s0, \f(CW\*(C`select\*(C'\fR actively limits the number of file
4709     descriptors you can pass in to 1024 \- your program suddenly crashes when
4710     you use more.
4711     .PP
4712     There is an undocumented \*(L"workaround\*(R" for this \- defining
4713     \&\f(CW\*(C`_DARWIN_UNLIMITED_SELECT\*(C'\fR, which libev tries to use, so select \fIshould\fR
4714     work on \s-1OS/X\s0.
4715     .SS "\s-1SOLARIS\s0 \s-1PROBLEMS\s0 \s-1AND\s0 \s-1WORKAROUNDS\s0"
4716     .IX Subsection "SOLARIS PROBLEMS AND WORKAROUNDS"
4717     \fI\f(CI\*(C`errno\*(C'\fI reentrancy\fR
4718     .IX Subsection "errno reentrancy"
4719     .PP
4720     The default compile environment on Solaris is unfortunately so
4721     thread-unsafe that you can't even use components/libraries compiled
4722     without \f(CW\*(C`\-D_REENTRANT\*(C'\fR in a threaded program, which, of course, isn't
4723     defined by default. A valid, if stupid, implementation choice.
4724     .PP
4725     If you want to use libev in threaded environments you have to make sure
4726     it's compiled with \f(CW\*(C`_REENTRANT\*(C'\fR defined.
4727     .PP
4728     \fIEvent port backend\fR
4729     .IX Subsection "Event port backend"
4730     .PP
4731     The scalable event interface for Solaris is called \*(L"event
4732     ports\*(R". Unfortunately, this mechanism is very buggy in all major
4733     releases. If you run into high \s-1CPU\s0 usage, your program freezes or you get
4734     a large number of spurious wakeups, make sure you have all the relevant
4735     and latest kernel patches applied. No, I don't know which ones, but there
4736     are multiple ones to apply, and afterwards, event ports actually work
4737     great.
4738     .PP
4739     If you can't get it to work, you can try running the program by setting
4740     the environment variable \f(CW\*(C`LIBEV_FLAGS=3\*(C'\fR to only allow \f(CW\*(C`poll\*(C'\fR and
4741     \&\f(CW\*(C`select\*(C'\fR backends.
4742     .SS "\s-1AIX\s0 \s-1POLL\s0 \s-1BUG\s0"
4743     .IX Subsection "AIX POLL BUG"
4744     \&\s-1AIX\s0 unfortunately has a broken \f(CW\*(C`poll.h\*(C'\fR header. Libev works around
4745     this by trying to avoid the poll backend altogether (i.e. it's not even
4746     compiled in), which normally isn't a big problem as \f(CW\*(C`select\*(C'\fR works fine
4747     with large bitsets on \s-1AIX\s0, and \s-1AIX\s0 is dead anyway.
4748 root 1.79 .SS "\s-1WIN32\s0 \s-1PLATFORM\s0 \s-1LIMITATIONS\s0 \s-1AND\s0 \s-1WORKAROUNDS\s0"
4749 root 1.72 .IX Subsection "WIN32 PLATFORM LIMITATIONS AND WORKAROUNDS"
4750 root 1.82 \fIGeneral issues\fR
4751     .IX Subsection "General issues"
4752     .PP
4753 root 1.60 Win32 doesn't support any of the standards (e.g. \s-1POSIX\s0) that libev
4754     requires, and its I/O model is fundamentally incompatible with the \s-1POSIX\s0
4755     model. Libev still offers limited functionality on this platform in
4756     the form of the \f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_SELECT\*(C'\fR backend, and only supports socket
4757     descriptors. This only applies when using Win32 natively, not when using
4758 root 1.82 e.g. cygwin. Actually, it only applies to the microsofts own compilers,
4759     as every compielr comes with a slightly differently broken/incompatible
4760     environment.
4761 root 1.60 .PP
4762 root 1.65 Lifting these limitations would basically require the full
4763 root 1.82 re-implementation of the I/O system. If you are into this kind of thing,
4764     then note that glib does exactly that for you in a very portable way (note
4765     also that glib is the slowest event library known to man).
4766 root 1.65 .PP
4767 root 1.60 There is no supported compilation method available on windows except
4768     embedding it into other applications.
4769     .PP
4770 root 1.78 Sensible signal handling is officially unsupported by Microsoft \- libev
4771     tries its best, but under most conditions, signals will simply not work.
4772     .PP
4773 root 1.68 Not a libev limitation but worth mentioning: windows apparently doesn't
4774     accept large writes: instead of resulting in a partial write, windows will
4775     either accept everything or return \f(CW\*(C`ENOBUFS\*(C'\fR if the buffer is too large,
4776     so make sure you only write small amounts into your sockets (less than a
4777 root 1.71 megabyte seems safe, but this apparently depends on the amount of memory
4778 root 1.68 available).
4779     .PP
4780 root 1.65 Due to the many, low, and arbitrary limits on the win32 platform and
4781     the abysmal performance of winsockets, using a large number of sockets
4782     is not recommended (and not reasonable). If your program needs to use
4783     more than a hundred or so sockets, then likely it needs to use a totally
4784 root 1.67 different implementation for windows, as libev offers the \s-1POSIX\s0 readiness
4785 root 1.65 notification model, which cannot be implemented efficiently on windows
4786 root 1.78 (due to Microsoft monopoly games).
4787 root 1.68 .PP
4788     A typical way to use libev under windows is to embed it (see the embedding
4789     section for details) and use the following \fIevwrap.h\fR header file instead
4790     of \fIev.h\fR:
4791     .PP
4792     .Vb 2
4793     \& #define EV_STANDALONE /* keeps ev from requiring config.h */
4794     \& #define EV_SELECT_IS_WINSOCKET 1 /* configure libev for windows select */
4795     \&
4796     \& #include "ev.h"
4797     .Ve
4798     .PP
4799     And compile the following \fIevwrap.c\fR file into your project (make sure
4800 root 1.71 you do \fInot\fR compile the \fIev.c\fR or any other embedded source files!):
4801 root 1.68 .PP
4802     .Vb 2
4803     \& #include "evwrap.h"
4804     \& #include "ev.c"
4805     .Ve
4806 root 1.82 .PP
4807     \fIThe winsocket \f(CI\*(C`select\*(C'\fI function\fR
4808     .IX Subsection "The winsocket select function"
4809     .PP
4810 root 1.67 The winsocket \f(CW\*(C`select\*(C'\fR function doesn't follow \s-1POSIX\s0 in that it
4811     requires socket \fIhandles\fR and not socket \fIfile descriptors\fR (it is
4812     also extremely buggy). This makes select very inefficient, and also
4813 root 1.68 requires a mapping from file descriptors to socket handles (the Microsoft
4814     C runtime provides the function \f(CW\*(C`_open_osfhandle\*(C'\fR for this). See the
4815 root 1.67 discussion of the \f(CW\*(C`EV_SELECT_USE_FD_SET\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`EV_SELECT_IS_WINSOCKET\*(C'\fR and
4816     \&\f(CW\*(C`EV_FD_TO_WIN32_HANDLE\*(C'\fR preprocessor symbols for more info.
4817 root 1.82 .PP
4818 root 1.68 The configuration for a \*(L"naked\*(R" win32 using the Microsoft runtime
4819 root 1.60 libraries and raw winsocket select is:
4820 root 1.82 .PP
4821 root 1.60 .Vb 2
4822 root 1.68 \& #define EV_USE_SELECT 1
4823     \& #define EV_SELECT_IS_WINSOCKET 1 /* forces EV_SELECT_USE_FD_SET, too */
4824 root 1.60 .Ve
4825 root 1.82 .PP
4826 root 1.60 Note that winsockets handling of fd sets is O(n), so you can easily get a
4827     complexity in the O(nA\*^X) range when using win32.
4828 root 1.82 .PP
4829     \fILimited number of file descriptors\fR
4830     .IX Subsection "Limited number of file descriptors"
4831     .PP
4832 root 1.65 Windows has numerous arbitrary (and low) limits on things.
4833 root 1.82 .PP
4834 root 1.65 Early versions of winsocket's select only supported waiting for a maximum
4835     of \f(CW64\fR handles (probably owning to the fact that all windows kernels
4836 root 1.68 can only wait for \f(CW64\fR things at the same time internally; Microsoft
4837 root 1.65 recommends spawning a chain of threads and wait for 63 handles and the
4838 root 1.78 previous thread in each. Sounds great!).
4839 root 1.82 .PP
4840 root 1.60 Newer versions support more handles, but you need to define \f(CW\*(C`FD_SETSIZE\*(C'\fR
4841     to some high number (e.g. \f(CW2048\fR) before compiling the winsocket select
4842 root 1.78 call (which might be in libev or elsewhere, for example, perl and many
4843     other interpreters do their own select emulation on windows).
4844 root 1.82 .PP
4845 root 1.68 Another limit is the number of file descriptors in the Microsoft runtime
4846 root 1.78 libraries, which by default is \f(CW64\fR (there must be a hidden \fI64\fR
4847     fetish or something like this inside Microsoft). You can increase this
4848     by calling \f(CW\*(C`_setmaxstdio\*(C'\fR, which can increase this limit to \f(CW2048\fR
4849     (another arbitrary limit), but is broken in many versions of the Microsoft
4850     runtime libraries. This might get you to about \f(CW512\fR or \f(CW2048\fR sockets
4851     (depending on windows version and/or the phase of the moon). To get more,
4852     you need to wrap all I/O functions and provide your own fd management, but
4853     the cost of calling select (O(nA\*^X)) will likely make this unworkable.
4854 root 1.79 .SS "\s-1PORTABILITY\s0 \s-1REQUIREMENTS\s0"
4855 root 1.72 .IX Subsection "PORTABILITY REQUIREMENTS"
4856     In addition to a working ISO-C implementation and of course the
4857     backend-specific APIs, libev relies on a few additional extensions:
4858 root 1.79 .ie n .IP """void (*)(ev_watcher_type *, int revents)"" must have compatible calling conventions regardless of ""ev_watcher_type *""." 4
4859 root 1.68 .el .IP "\f(CWvoid (*)(ev_watcher_type *, int revents)\fR must have compatible calling conventions regardless of \f(CWev_watcher_type *\fR." 4
4860     .IX Item "void (*)(ev_watcher_type *, int revents) must have compatible calling conventions regardless of ev_watcher_type *."
4861     Libev assumes not only that all watcher pointers have the same internal
4862     structure (guaranteed by \s-1POSIX\s0 but not by \s-1ISO\s0 C for example), but it also
4863     assumes that the same (machine) code can be used to call any watcher
4864     callback: The watcher callbacks have different type signatures, but libev
4865     calls them using an \f(CW\*(C`ev_watcher *\*(C'\fR internally.
4866 root 1.82 .IP "pointer accesses must be thread-atomic" 4
4867     .IX Item "pointer accesses must be thread-atomic"
4868     Accessing a pointer value must be atomic, it must both be readable and
4869     writable in one piece \- this is the case on all current architectures.
4870 root 1.65 .ie n .IP """sig_atomic_t volatile"" must be thread-atomic as well" 4
4871     .el .IP "\f(CWsig_atomic_t volatile\fR must be thread-atomic as well" 4
4872     .IX Item "sig_atomic_t volatile must be thread-atomic as well"
4873     The type \f(CW\*(C`sig_atomic_t volatile\*(C'\fR (or whatever is defined as
4874 root 1.71 \&\f(CW\*(C`EV_ATOMIC_T\*(C'\fR) must be atomic with respect to accesses from different
4875 root 1.65 threads. This is not part of the specification for \f(CW\*(C`sig_atomic_t\*(C'\fR, but is
4876     believed to be sufficiently portable.
4877     .ie n .IP """sigprocmask"" must work in a threaded environment" 4
4878     .el .IP "\f(CWsigprocmask\fR must work in a threaded environment" 4
4879     .IX Item "sigprocmask must work in a threaded environment"
4880     Libev uses \f(CW\*(C`sigprocmask\*(C'\fR to temporarily block signals. This is not
4881     allowed in a threaded program (\f(CW\*(C`pthread_sigmask\*(C'\fR has to be used). Typical
4882     pthread implementations will either allow \f(CW\*(C`sigprocmask\*(C'\fR in the \*(L"main
4883     thread\*(R" or will block signals process-wide, both behaviours would
4884     be compatible with libev. Interaction between \f(CW\*(C`sigprocmask\*(C'\fR and
4885     \&\f(CW\*(C`pthread_sigmask\*(C'\fR could complicate things, however.
4886     .Sp
4887     The most portable way to handle signals is to block signals in all threads
4888     except the initial one, and run the default loop in the initial thread as
4889     well.
4890     .ie n .IP """long"" must be large enough for common memory allocation sizes" 4
4891     .el .IP "\f(CWlong\fR must be large enough for common memory allocation sizes" 4
4892     .IX Item "long must be large enough for common memory allocation sizes"
4893 root 1.72 To improve portability and simplify its \s-1API\s0, libev uses \f(CW\*(C`long\*(C'\fR internally
4894     instead of \f(CW\*(C`size_t\*(C'\fR when allocating its data structures. On non-POSIX
4895     systems (Microsoft...) this might be unexpectedly low, but is still at
4896     least 31 bits everywhere, which is enough for hundreds of millions of
4897     watchers.
4898 root 1.65 .ie n .IP """double"" must hold a time value in seconds with enough accuracy" 4
4899     .el .IP "\f(CWdouble\fR must hold a time value in seconds with enough accuracy" 4
4900     .IX Item "double must hold a time value in seconds with enough accuracy"
4901     The type \f(CW\*(C`double\*(C'\fR is used to represent timestamps. It is required to
4902 root 1.82 have at least 51 bits of mantissa (and 9 bits of exponent), which is
4903     good enough for at least into the year 4000 with millisecond accuracy
4904     (the design goal for libev). This requirement is overfulfilled by
4905     implementations using \s-1IEEE\s0 754, which is basically all existing ones. With
4906     \&\s-1IEEE\s0 754 doubles, you get microsecond accuracy until at least 2200.
4907 root 1.65 .PP
4908     If you know of other additional requirements drop me a note.
4909 root 1.72 .SH "ALGORITHMIC COMPLEXITIES"
4910     .IX Header "ALGORITHMIC COMPLEXITIES"
4911     In this section the complexities of (many of) the algorithms used inside
4912     libev will be documented. For complexity discussions about backends see
4913     the documentation for \f(CW\*(C`ev_default_init\*(C'\fR.
4914 root 1.67 .PP
4915 root 1.72 All of the following are about amortised time: If an array needs to be
4916     extended, libev needs to realloc and move the whole array, but this
4917     happens asymptotically rarer with higher number of elements, so O(1) might
4918     mean that libev does a lengthy realloc operation in rare cases, but on
4919     average it is much faster and asymptotically approaches constant time.
4920     .IP "Starting and stopping timer/periodic watchers: O(log skipped_other_timers)" 4
4921     .IX Item "Starting and stopping timer/periodic watchers: O(log skipped_other_timers)"
4922     This means that, when you have a watcher that triggers in one hour and
4923     there are 100 watchers that would trigger before that, then inserting will
4924     have to skip roughly seven (\f(CW\*(C`ld 100\*(C'\fR) of these watchers.
4925     .IP "Changing timer/periodic watchers (by autorepeat or calling again): O(log skipped_other_timers)" 4
4926     .IX Item "Changing timer/periodic watchers (by autorepeat or calling again): O(log skipped_other_timers)"
4927     That means that changing a timer costs less than removing/adding them,
4928     as only the relative motion in the event queue has to be paid for.
4929     .IP "Starting io/check/prepare/idle/signal/child/fork/async watchers: O(1)" 4
4930     .IX Item "Starting io/check/prepare/idle/signal/child/fork/async watchers: O(1)"
4931     These just add the watcher into an array or at the head of a list.
4932     .IP "Stopping check/prepare/idle/fork/async watchers: O(1)" 4
4933     .IX Item "Stopping check/prepare/idle/fork/async watchers: O(1)"
4934     .PD 0
4935     .IP "Stopping an io/signal/child watcher: O(number_of_watchers_for_this_(fd/signal/pid % \s-1EV_PID_HASHSIZE\s0))" 4
4936     .IX Item "Stopping an io/signal/child watcher: O(number_of_watchers_for_this_(fd/signal/pid % EV_PID_HASHSIZE))"
4937     .PD
4938     These watchers are stored in lists, so they need to be walked to find the
4939     correct watcher to remove. The lists are usually short (you don't usually
4940     have many watchers waiting for the same fd or signal: one is typical, two
4941     is rare).
4942     .IP "Finding the next timer in each loop iteration: O(1)" 4
4943     .IX Item "Finding the next timer in each loop iteration: O(1)"
4944     By virtue of using a binary or 4\-heap, the next timer is always found at a
4945     fixed position in the storage array.
4946     .IP "Each change on a file descriptor per loop iteration: O(number_of_watchers_for_this_fd)" 4
4947     .IX Item "Each change on a file descriptor per loop iteration: O(number_of_watchers_for_this_fd)"
4948     A change means an I/O watcher gets started or stopped, which requires
4949     libev to recalculate its status (and possibly tell the kernel, depending
4950     on backend and whether \f(CW\*(C`ev_io_set\*(C'\fR was used).
4951     .IP "Activating one watcher (putting it into the pending state): O(1)" 4
4952     .IX Item "Activating one watcher (putting it into the pending state): O(1)"
4953     .PD 0
4954     .IP "Priority handling: O(number_of_priorities)" 4
4955     .IX Item "Priority handling: O(number_of_priorities)"
4956     .PD
4957     Priorities are implemented by allocating some space for each
4958     priority. When doing priority-based operations, libev usually has to
4959     linearly search all the priorities, but starting/stopping and activating
4960     watchers becomes O(1) with respect to priority handling.
4961     .IP "Sending an ev_async: O(1)" 4
4962     .IX Item "Sending an ev_async: O(1)"
4963     .PD 0
4964     .IP "Processing ev_async_send: O(number_of_async_watchers)" 4
4965     .IX Item "Processing ev_async_send: O(number_of_async_watchers)"
4966     .IP "Processing signals: O(max_signal_number)" 4
4967     .IX Item "Processing signals: O(max_signal_number)"
4968     .PD
4969     Sending involves a system call \fIiff\fR there were no other \f(CW\*(C`ev_async_send\*(C'\fR
4970     calls in the current loop iteration. Checking for async and signal events
4971     involves iterating over all running async watchers or all signal numbers.
4972 root 1.82 .SH "PORTING FROM LIBEV 3.X TO 4.X"
4973     .IX Header "PORTING FROM LIBEV 3.X TO 4.X"
4974     The major version 4 introduced some incompatible changes to the \s-1API\s0.
4975     .PP
4976     At the moment, the \f(CW\*(C`ev.h\*(C'\fR header file provides compatibility definitions
4977     for all changes, so most programs should still compile. The compatibility
4978     layer might be removed in later versions of libev, so better update to the
4979     new \s-1API\s0 early than late.
4980     .ie n .IP """EV_COMPAT3"" backwards compatibility mechanism" 4
4981     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_COMPAT3\fR backwards compatibility mechanism" 4
4982     .IX Item "EV_COMPAT3 backwards compatibility mechanism"
4983     The backward compatibility mechanism can be controlled by
4984     \&\f(CW\*(C`EV_COMPAT3\*(C'\fR. See \*(L"\s-1MACROS\s0\*(R" in \s-1PREPROCESSOR\s0 \s-1SYMBOLS\s0 in the \s-1EMBEDDING\s0
4985     section.
4986     .ie n .IP """ev_default_destroy"" and ""ev_default_fork"" have been removed" 4
4987     .el .IP "\f(CWev_default_destroy\fR and \f(CWev_default_fork\fR have been removed" 4
4988     .IX Item "ev_default_destroy and ev_default_fork have been removed"
4989     These calls can be replaced easily by their \f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_xxx\*(C'\fR counterparts:
4990     .Sp
4991     .Vb 2
4992     \& ev_loop_destroy (EV_DEFAULT_UC);
4993     \& ev_loop_fork (EV_DEFAULT);
4994     .Ve
4995     .IP "function/symbol renames" 4
4996     .IX Item "function/symbol renames"
4997     A number of functions and symbols have been renamed:
4998     .Sp
4999     .Vb 3
5000     \& ev_loop => ev_run
5001     \& EVLOOP_NONBLOCK => EVRUN_NOWAIT
5002     \& EVLOOP_ONESHOT => EVRUN_ONCE
5003     \&
5004     \& ev_unloop => ev_break
5005     \& EVUNLOOP_CANCEL => EVBREAK_CANCEL
5006     \& EVUNLOOP_ONE => EVBREAK_ONE
5007     \& EVUNLOOP_ALL => EVBREAK_ALL
5008     \&
5009     \& EV_TIMEOUT => EV_TIMER
5010     \&
5011     \& ev_loop_count => ev_iteration
5012     \& ev_loop_depth => ev_depth
5013     \& ev_loop_verify => ev_verify
5014     .Ve
5015     .Sp
5016     Most functions working on \f(CW\*(C`struct ev_loop\*(C'\fR objects don't have an
5017     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_\*(C'\fR prefix, so it was removed; \f(CW\*(C`ev_loop\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`ev_unloop\*(C'\fR and
5018     associated constants have been renamed to not collide with the \f(CW\*(C`struct
5019     ev_loop\*(C'\fR anymore and \f(CW\*(C`EV_TIMER\*(C'\fR now follows the same naming scheme
5020     as all other watcher types. Note that \f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_fork\*(C'\fR is still called
5021     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_fork\*(C'\fR because it would otherwise clash with the \f(CW\*(C`ev_fork\*(C'\fR
5022     typedef.
5023     .ie n .IP """EV_MINIMAL"" mechanism replaced by ""EV_FEATURES""" 4
5024     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_MINIMAL\fR mechanism replaced by \f(CWEV_FEATURES\fR" 4
5025     .IX Item "EV_MINIMAL mechanism replaced by EV_FEATURES"
5026     The preprocessor symbol \f(CW\*(C`EV_MINIMAL\*(C'\fR has been replaced by a different
5027     mechanism, \f(CW\*(C`EV_FEATURES\*(C'\fR. Programs using \f(CW\*(C`EV_MINIMAL\*(C'\fR usually compile
5028     and work, but the library code will of course be larger.
5029 root 1.78 .SH "GLOSSARY"
5030     .IX Header "GLOSSARY"
5031     .IP "active" 4
5032     .IX Item "active"
5033 root 1.82 A watcher is active as long as it has been started and not yet stopped.
5034     See \*(L"\s-1WATCHER\s0 \s-1STATES\s0\*(R" for details.
5035 root 1.78 .IP "application" 4
5036     .IX Item "application"
5037     In this document, an application is whatever is using libev.
5038 root 1.82 .IP "backend" 4
5039     .IX Item "backend"
5040     The part of the code dealing with the operating system interfaces.
5041 root 1.78 .IP "callback" 4
5042     .IX Item "callback"
5043     The address of a function that is called when some event has been
5044     detected. Callbacks are being passed the event loop, the watcher that
5045     received the event, and the actual event bitset.
5046 root 1.82 .IP "callback/watcher invocation" 4
5047     .IX Item "callback/watcher invocation"
5048 root 1.78 The act of calling the callback associated with a watcher.
5049     .IP "event" 4
5050     .IX Item "event"
5051     A change of state of some external event, such as data now being available
5052     for reading on a file descriptor, time having passed or simply not having
5053     any other events happening anymore.
5054     .Sp
5055     In libev, events are represented as single bits (such as \f(CW\*(C`EV_READ\*(C'\fR or
5056 root 1.82 \&\f(CW\*(C`EV_TIMER\*(C'\fR).
5057 root 1.78 .IP "event library" 4
5058     .IX Item "event library"
5059     A software package implementing an event model and loop.
5060     .IP "event loop" 4
5061     .IX Item "event loop"
5062     An entity that handles and processes external events and converts them
5063     into callback invocations.
5064     .IP "event model" 4
5065     .IX Item "event model"
5066     The model used to describe how an event loop handles and processes
5067     watchers and events.
5068     .IP "pending" 4
5069     .IX Item "pending"
5070 root 1.82 A watcher is pending as soon as the corresponding event has been
5071     detected. See \*(L"\s-1WATCHER\s0 \s-1STATES\s0\*(R" for details.
5072 root 1.78 .IP "real time" 4
5073     .IX Item "real time"
5074     The physical time that is observed. It is apparently strictly monotonic :)
5075     .IP "wall-clock time" 4
5076     .IX Item "wall-clock time"
5077     The time and date as shown on clocks. Unlike real time, it can actually
5078     be wrong and jump forwards and backwards, e.g. when the you adjust your
5079     clock.
5080     .IP "watcher" 4
5081     .IX Item "watcher"
5082     A data structure that describes interest in certain events. Watchers need
5083     to be started (attached to an event loop) before they can receive events.
5084 root 1.1 .SH "AUTHOR"
5085     .IX Header "AUTHOR"
5086 root 1.82 Marc Lehmann <libev@schmorp.de>, with repeated corrections by Mikael
5087     Magnusson and Emanuele Giaquinta.